10-K

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

þ	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
or
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from           to           .

Commission file number: 001-31311

LIN TV Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Commission File Number: 000-25206

LIN Television Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
05-0501252	13-3581627
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Four Richmond Square, Suite 200, Providence, Rhode Island 02906

(Address of principal executive offices)

(401) 454-2880

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share	New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes o         No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes o         No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes þ         No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filero Accelerated filerþ Non-accelerated filero

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.)    Yes o         No þ

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates (based on the last reported sale price of the registrant’s class A common stock on June 30, 2005 on the New York Stock Exchange) was approximately $377 million.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Document Description	Form 10-K Part III
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 2, 2006		III

NOTE:

This combined Form 10-K is separately filed by LIN TV Corp. and LIN Television Corporation. LIN Television Corporation meets the conditions set forth in general instruction I(1) (a) and (b) of Form 10-K and is, therefore, filing this form with the reduced disclosure format permitted by such instruction.

LIN TV Corp. Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding at March 1, 2006: 28,189,094 shares.

LIN TV Corp. Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding at March 1, 2006: 23,502,059 shares.

LIN TV Corp. Class C common stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding at March 1, 2006: 2 shares.

LIN Television Corporation common stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding at March 1, 2006: 1,000 shares.

Table of Contents

Part I
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	20
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	28
Item 2.	Properties	28
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	29
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	29
Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	29
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	30
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	33
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	54
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	54
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	54
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	54
Item 9B.	Other Information	55
Part III
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant	56
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	56
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	56
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	56
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	57
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	57
Schedule I. Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant		F-93
Supplemental Indenture
Supplemental Indenture
Severance Compensation Agreement
Amendment to the Severance Compensation Agreement
Second Amendment to the Severance Compensation Agreement
Third Amendment to the Severance Compensation Agreement
Fourth Amendment to the Severance Compensation Agreement
Severance Compensation Agreement
First Amendment to the Severance Compensation Agreement
Summary of Executive Compensation Arrangements
Summary of Director Compensation Policies
Subsidiaries
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Consent of KPMG
Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 - LIN TV
Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 - LIN TV
Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 - LIN Television
Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 - LIN Television
Certification of CEO & CFO Pursuant to Section 302 - LIN TV
Certification of CEO & CFO Pursuant to Section 302 - LIN Television Corp

PART I

Item 1. Business:

Overview

We are an independent television station owner and operator with stations located in the United States and Puerto Rico. At December 31, 2005, our stations covered approximately 10.7% of U.S. television households including Puerto Rico, ranking us one of the largest broadcast television companies. We own or operate 30 stations, including three stations pursuant to local marketing agreements and three low-power stations. In addition, we have equity investments in five other stations. Our stations are primarily located in the top 100 markets.

We provide free, over-the-air broadcasts of our programming 24 hours per day to the communities we are licensed to serve. We are committed to serve the public interest by providing free daily local news coverage, making public service announcements and providing political advertising time to candidates.

We seek to have the largest local television presence in each of our local markets by combining strong network and syndicated programming with leading local news, and by using our multi-channel strategy. This multi-channel strategy enables us to increase our audience share by operating multiple stations in the same market. We currently operate multiple stations in nine of our local markets. Our focus is to continue to enhance our existing and acquired television stations by applying our expertise in technology, sales and news research.

All our stations in the United States are affiliated with one of the national television networks: ABC, CBS, NBC, FOX, UPN, WB, Telefutura or Univision. In Puerto Rico, our primary station broadcasts mostly locally-produced entertainment and news programming, and our second station broadcasts MTV Puerto Rico, which we jointly produce with MTV. We also utilize our locally-produced programming on WAPA America, a U.S. Spanish-language cable channel we launched in 2004.

Our management team is recognized as an industry leader. Our senior management team, led by Gary Chapman, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer has, on average, more than 25 years of experience in the television industry. Our management team has successfully identified and implemented numerous innovative business strategies, including pioneering the multi-channel strategy, which has allowed us to expand our television viewing audience in our local markets.

LIN TV Corp. was incorporated on February 11, 1998, and LIN Television Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LIN TV Corp., was incorporated on June 18, 1990. Our corporate offices are at Four Richmond Square, Providence, Rhode Island.

History of losses

We had net losses of $26.1 million and $90.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2003, respectively, primarily as a result of the amortization and impairment of intangible assets and interest expense. In addition, as of December 31, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of $227.9 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had $981.7 million of total debt.

Development of Our Business

Ownership and Organizational Structure

We have owned and operated television stations since 1966. A group of investors, led by Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated (Hicks Muse), acquired LIN Television Corporation on March 3, 1998. On May 3, 2002, LIN TV Corp., the parent of LIN Television Corporation, completed its initial public offering and began trading its class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

1

LIN TV Corp. amended its corporate charter to create three classes of common stock in connection with this initial public offering. The class A common stock and the class C common stock are both voting common stock with the class C common stock controlling 70% of LIN TV’s voting rights. The class B common stock has no voting rights, except that without consent of a majority of the class B common stock, we cannot enter into a wide range of corporate transactions.

This equity structure allowed us to issue voting stock while preserving the pre-existing ownership structure in which the class B stockholders were not deemed to have an attributable ownership interest in our television broadcast licenses pursuant to the rules of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”).

The following diagram summarizes our organizational structure as of December 31, 2005:

All of the shares of LIN TV’s class B common stock are held by affiliates of Hicks Muse or former affiliates of Hicks Muse. The class B common stock is convertible into class A common stock or class C common stock in various circumstances. The class C common stock is also convertible into class A common stock in certain circumstances. If affiliates of Hicks Muse converted their shares of class B common stock into shares of class A common stock and the shares of class C common stock were converted to shares of class A common stock as of December 31, 2005, the holders of the converted shares of class C common stock would own less than 0.01% of the total outstanding shares of class A common stock and resulting voting power, and the affiliates of Hicks Muse would own 45.5% of the total outstanding shares of class A common stock and resulting voting power.

Hicks Muse has advised us that it has no current intention of converting its shares of class B common stock into shares of class A voting common stock or shares of class C voting common stock.

2

Our television stations

We operate 30 stations, including three stations pursuant to local marketing agreements and three low-power stations, and have equity investments in five other stations. The following table lists the stations that we either operate or in which we have an equity investment:

														FCC
	DMA							Analog		Digital				license
Market	Rank(1)		Station			Affiliation		Channel		Channel		Status(2)		Expiration
Owned and operated:
Indianapolis, IN		25		WISH-TV			CBS		8		9				8/1/2005	(4)
				WIIH-CA			Univision		17		17				8/1/2005	(4)
				WNDY-TV			UPN		23		32				8/1/2005	(4)
Hartford-New Haven, CT		28		WTNH-TV			ABC		8		10				4/1/2007
				WCTX-TV			UPN		59		39				4/1/2007
Columbus, OH		32		WWHO-TV			UPN		53		46				10/1/2005	(4)
Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, MI		39		WOOD- TV	(5)		NBC		8		7				10/1/2005	(4)
				WOTV-TV			ABC		41		20				10/1/2005	(4)
				WXSP- CA	(5)		UPN		Various		Various				10/1/2005	(4)
Norfolk-Portsmouth-Newport News, VA		42		WAVY-TV			NBC		10		31				10/1/2004	(4)
				WVBT-TV			FOX		43		29				10/1/2004	(4)
Albuquerque, NM		46		KRQE- TV	(3)		CBS		13		16				10/1/2006
Buffalo, NY		49		WIVB-TV			CBS		4		39				6/1/2007
				WNLO-TV			UPN		23		32				6/1/2007
Providence, RI-New Bedford, MA		51		WPRI-TV			CBS		12		13				4/1/2007
				WNAC-TV			FOX		64		54		LMA		4/1/2007
Austin, TX		53		KXAN- TV	(3)		NBC		36		21				8/1/2006
				KNVA-TV			WB		54		49		LMA		8/1/2006
				KBVO- CA	(5)		Telefutura		Various		Various				8/1/2006
Dayton, OH		59		WDTN-TV			NBC		2		50				10/1/2005	(4)
Mobile/ Pensacola, FL		62		WALA-TV			FOX		10		9				4/1/2013
				WBPG-TV			WB		55		TBD		LMA		4/1/2005	(4)
Green Bay, WI		69		WLUK-TV			FOX		11		51				12/1/2005
Toledo, OH		70		WUPW-TV			FOX		36		46				10/1/2005	(4)
Fort Wayne, IN		106		WANE-TV			CBS		15		31				8/1/2005	(4)
Springfield-Holyoke, MA		108		WWLP-TV			NBC		22		11				4/1/2007
Terre Haute, IN		150		WTHI-TV			CBS		10		24				8/1/2005	(4)
Lafayette, IN		191		WLFI-TV			CBS		18		11				8/1/2005	(4)
San Juan, PR		—		WAPA- TV	(3)		IND		4		27				2/1/2013
				WJPX- TV	(3)		IND		24		21				2/1/2013
Operated Under NBC Joint Venture
Dallas-Forth Worth, TX		7		KXAS-TV			NBC		5		41		JV		8/1/2006
San Diego, CA		26		KNSD-TV			NBC		39		40		JV		6/1/2006
Operated by Banks Broadcasting, Inc.
Wichita, KS		67		KWCV-TV			WB		33		31		JV		6/1/2006
Boise, ID		119		KNIN-TV			UPN		9		10		JV		10/1/2006
Operated by WAND (TV) Partnership
Champaign-Springfield-Decatur, IL		82		WAND-TV			NBC		17		18		JV		12/1/2005	(4)

(1)	Designated Market Area (“DMA”) rank estimates are taken from Nielsen Media Research (“Nielsen”) Local Universe Estimates for the 2005-2006 Broadcast Season, September 24, 2005. There are 210 DMAs in the United States.
(2)	All of our stations are owned and operated except for those stations noted as “LMA” which indicates stations to which we provide services under a local marketing agreement (see “Distribution of Programming — Full-power Television” for a description of these agreements on page 12) and noted as “JV” which indicates a station owned and operated by a joint venture in which we are a party.

3

(3)	KRQE-TV includes two satellite stations, KBIM-TV and KREZ-TV. KXAN-TV includes a satellite station KXAM-TV. WAPA-TV includes two satellite stations, WTIN-TV and WNJX-TV. WJPX-TV includes three satellite stations, WIRS-TV, WJWN-TV and WKPV-TV. We own and operate all of these satellite stations, which broadcast identical programming to the primary station.
(4)	License renewal applications have been filed with the FCC and are currently pending for the stations noted. We expect these renewals to be granted during 2006.
(5)	These stations have low power television stations and translators to extend their programming to areas not covered by the signals of the primary stations.

We have a 20% equity interest, and a subsidiary of General Electric Company holds the remaining 80% interest, in a joint venture, which is a limited partner in a venture that owns television stations KXAS-TV, an NBC affiliate in Dallas, Texas and KNSD-TV, an NBC affiliate in San Diego, California. NBC is the general partner of the venture and operates the two stations pursuant to a management agreement. General Electric Capital Corporation (“GECC”), another subsidiary of General Electric Company, provided debt financing for the joint venture in the form of an $815.5 million, 25-year non-amortizing senior secured note bearing an interest rate of 8.0% per annum until March 2, 2013 and 9% per annum thereafter (“GECC Note”). We expect that the interest payments on the GECC Note will be serviced solely by the cash flow of the joint venture. All cash generated by the joint venture and available for distribution will be distributed to us and NBC based on our respective equity interests. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the venture generated $83.9 million of revenue and $4.5 million of cash was distributed to us.

We also hold a 50% non-voting equity interest in Banks Broadcasting, Inc. (“Banks Broadcasting”), which owns and operates KWCV-TV, a WB affiliate in Wichita, Kansas, and KNIN-TV, a UPN affiliate in Boise, Idaho. We provide cash management, accounting and engineering support services to Banks Broadcasting in exchange for a fixed annual fee pursuant to a management services agreement with Banks Broadcasting. In addition, we provide 50% of the capital contributions that are required to fund capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment and for any working capital shortfalls that are incurred by Banks Broadcasting. During the year ended December 31, 2005, Banks Broadcasting generated $5.7 million of revenue and did not distribute any cash to us. Effective March 31, 2004, we began accounting for our investment in Banks Broadcasting under FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”) “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of ARB No. 51,” which requires us to consolidate Banks Broadcasting in our financial statements.

We also have a 33.3% interest in WAND (TV) Partnership with Block Communications, Inc. (“Block Communications”), which owns and operates WAND-TV, an NBC affiliate in Decatur, Illinois. We provide ongoing management oversight to the partnership, including engineering and cash management services, pursuant to a management services agreement with the partnership for a fixed annual fee. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the partnership had $6.6 million in revenue and distributed $0.5 million of cash to us. The partnership has no outstanding significant debt obligations and the partners have not provided a guarantee to the partnership.

We own and operate a number of low-power broadcast television stations in various local markets. These low-power broadcast television stations are licensed by the FCC to provide service to substantially smaller areas than those of full-power stations. In certain markets, principally Albuquerque and Norfolk, these stations are used to extend the geographic reach of the primary stations. In three of our markets, we have affiliated our low-power stations with a national television network. In Indianapolis, Indiana we have a single low-power station affiliated with Univision, which utilizes cable carriage to cover that portion of the market it cannot reach over-the-air. In Grand Rapids, Michigan we have a low-power television station affiliated with UPN and in Austin, Texas we have a low-power television station affiliated with Telefutura, which we broadcast on a group of our low-power television stations to cover substantially all of the local market.

4

Development of business in 2005

Emmis Station Acquisitions — On November 30, 2005, we acquired four network-affiliated television stations and a local marketing agreement to operate another network-affiliated station from Emmis Communications for $257.2 million in cash. The four acquired stations included: KRQE-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Albuquerque, New Mexico, plus regional satellite stations; WALA-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama/Pensacola, Florida; WLUK-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Green Bay, Wisconsin and WTHI-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Terre Haute, Indiana. We have a local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV, the WB affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama/Pensacola, Florida and a purchase option for $3.0 million to acquire the station from Emmis upon FCC approval.

Viacom Station Acquisitions — On March 31, 2005, we acquired WNDY-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Indianapolis, Indiana, and WWHO-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Columbus, Ohio, from Viacom, Inc. for $85.0 million in cash.

Debt Refinancing — On September 29, 2005, we issued $190.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and on January 28, 2005, we issued $175.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes. The proceeds of these new issuances were used to redeem the remainder of our 8% Senior Notes due 2008 and repay the term loan and a portion of the revolving indebtedness under our credit facility.

Subsequent developments

UPN and WB Television Networks. On January 24, 2006, the UPN and WB networks announced they would cease operating as individual networks and would no longer provide programming after September 20, 2006. Seven of our stations are either UPN or WB network affiliates. These stations currently receive an average of two to three hours of daily programming from these networks and the revenue associated with these network-programmed time periods is less than 1.5% of the our consolidated net revenues. We believe that we have three options for these stations: (1) affiliate with the newly created CW television network, (2) affiliate with the newly created My Network TV or (3) operate as an independent station, unaffiliated with any network. We also believe that the dissolution of the WB and UPN networks will not have a material impact on our net revenues or operating income.

Description of Our Business

Strategy

We seek to increase our cash flow through increasing audience viewership of our television stations, increasing our share of advertising revenues and continuing implementation of effective cost controls. In addition, we seek growth through acquisitions and other initiatives. The principal components of this strategy are to:

•  Create and Maintain Local News Franchises. We operate the number one or number two local news station in 78% of our markets and generated 34% of our advertising revenues from our local news programming for the year ended December 31, 2005. We have been recognized for our local news expertise and have won many awards, including the Radio-Television New Directors Association, Edward R. Murrow award for excellence in journalism and numerous local and regional awards such as Associated Press awards and Emmys. We believe that successful local news programming is an important element in attracting local advertising revenue. In addition, news audiences serve as strong lead-ins for other programming and help create a strong local station brand in the communities in which we operate and helps to minimize the impact of changes in the popularity of network programming on any particular station.

•  Expand our Multi-Channel Strategy to other Markets. As a pioneer in the multi-channel strategy, we have expanded our presence in our local markets through acquiring a second

5

	station, operating a second station through a local marketing agreement, acquiring low-power television stations, creating local cable weather channels or joint sales agreements.
•	Capitalize on Strong Network Relationships and Programming to Diversify our Audience. We have stations affiliated with eight networks: NBC, CBS, ABC, FOX, WB, UPN, Telefutura and Univision. These network affiliations provide our stations with competitive entertainment programming, strong national news programming and high-profile sports events.
•	Capture Revenue Share. We have generally captured revenue share greater than our audience share. Given our strong local news and sales expertise, we seek to continue to convert our audience share into a disproportionate share of advertising revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we generated 67% of our advertising revenues from local sales.
•	Expand our Regional Technology Centers. We operate two regional technology centers that have centralized engineering and back office operations for multiple stations at a single location. In Indianapolis, Indiana and Springfield, Massachusetts, we service ten stations and six stations, respectively.
•	Maintain Strict Cost Controls. We have achieved operating efficiencies by applying scale in the purchase of programming, capital equipment and vendor services, and by reducing our workforce through the implementation of our regional hub strategy and automation efficiencies.
•	Expand Through Selective Acquisitions. We seek to grow through acquisitions, mergers and station swaps. We target opportunities where we can leverage our ability to establish a leading news franchise, create additional multi-channel markets, add additional stations to one of our technology centers and reduce costs.
•	Develop New Business Initiatives. We continue to use our stations to create new revenue streams.

•  The Internet provides our stations the opportunity to reach our viewers out-of-the-home, at work and otherwise. Our stations sell advertising on our websites and continue to grow their local Internet presence by providing weather, news and information to each of our local markets.

•  We launched WAPA America in 2004, a national Spanish-language program service that is carried by a satellite program provider as well as various cable systems in the United States. This service, which uses the news and entertainment programming produced by our Puerto Rico station has the potential of reaching approximately 10 million Spanish-speaking television households in the United States including approximately 1.2 million Puerto Rican television households in the United States.

•  We also launched MTV Puerto Rico in 2004 on our second station in Puerto Rico. This program service is a joint program venture with MTV and targets a younger viewing audience that was under-served by other television stations in the Puerto Rico market.

Principal sources of revenue

Time sales (television advertising)

Net time sales represent approximately 92%, 92% and 91% of our total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We receive revenues principally from advertising sold in our local news, network and syndicated programming. Advertising rates are based upon a variety of factors, including:

•  size and demographic makeup of the market served by the television station;

•  program’s popularity among television viewers;

6

•  number of advertisers competing for the available time;

•  availability of alternative advertising media in the station’s market area;

•  our station’s overall ability to attract viewers in its market area;

•  our station’s ability to attract viewers among particular demographic groups that an advertiser may be targeting; and

•  effectiveness of our sales force.

Local television markets are defined by A.C. Nielsen, an audience measurement service used by the television industry. Nielsen currently divides the United States into approximately 210 Designated Market Areas (“DMAs”) and samples television audience viewing using electronic viewing devices or meters and viewing diaries. Nielsen publishes an audience viewing report for each DMA for the months of February, May, July and November that includes the estimated television audiences for each local station and cable television networks. In addition, larger television markets, where the audience is measured by electronic meters, receive daily audience data feeds from Nielsen.

Network compensation

The three oldest networks, ABC, CBS and NBC, have historically made cash compensation payments for our carriage of their network programming. However, our recent negotiations with these networks has resulted in renewals or extensions of the network affiliation agreements contingent upon a reduction and eventual elimination of network compensation payments to us and, in certain contract extensions, requires us to pay compensation to the network.

The newer networks, such as FOX, WB and UPN, provide less network programming, pay no network compensation and in some instances require us to pay network compensation. However, these newer networks provide the affiliated stations more advertising inventory to sell than traditional networks.

Barter revenues

We occasionally barter our unsold advertising inventory for goods and services that are required to operate our television stations and acquire certain syndication programming by providing a portion of the available advertising inventory within the program, in lieu of cash payments.

Other revenues

We receive other revenues from sources such as our stations’ Internet websites, fees received from cable and satellite services for the right to carry programming from our stations, renting space on our television towers, renting our production facilities and providing television production services.

Sources and availability of programming

We program our television stations from the following program sources:

•  Locally produced news and general entertainment programming that is produced by our local television stations.

•  Network programming.

•  Syndication programming: off-network programs, such as “The Simpsons” or “Everyone Loves Raymond”, and first-run programs, such as “Oprah”, “Judge Judy” or “Wheel of Fortune”.

•  Paid programming: third party arrangements where a third party pays the stations for a block of time, generally in one half or one hour time periods to air long-form advertising or “infomercials”.

7

•  Local Weather Station: we program a local 24-hour weather channel to local cable systems in certain of our television markets.

Locally produced news and general entertainment programming

Our stations produce 624 hours of local news programming per week that we broadcast on all but three of our stations. We believe that successful local news programming is an important element in attracting local advertising revenues. In addition, our news programs have had historically high ratings and strong viewership, have served as strong lead-ins for other programs and have created strong local station brands in each of our local communities. Local news programming also allows us greater control over our programming costs.

We produce each week 25 hours of local entertainment programs in addition to 42 hours of local news for our stations in Puerto Rico. These locally-produced programs are also used to program WAPA America, our US-based Spanish-language program service, carried by cable and satellite providers.

Status of our network affiliations (owned and operated stations) and locally-produced programming
						Weekly Hours			Weekly Hours		Weekly Hours
		DMA				of Network			of Local News		of Other Local		Contract
Network	DMA	Rank		Station		Programming			Programming		Programming		End Date
NBC	Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, MI		39		WOOD-TV		89			30		0		12/31/2010
	Austin, TX		53		KXAN-TV		89			28		6		12/31/2010
	Dayton, OH		59		WDTN-TV		89			32		4		12/31/2010
	Springfield-Holyoke, MA		108		WWLP-TV		89			31		4		12/31/2010
CBS	Indianapolis, IN		25		WISH-TV		96			36		4		12/31/2009
	Albuquerque, NM		46		KRQE-TV		96			25		0		12/31/2010
	Buffalo, NY		49		WIVB-TV		96			38		2		12/31/2009
	Providence, RI-New Bedford, MA		51		WPRI-TV		96			27		1		6/30/2006
	Fort Wayne, IN		106		WANE-TV		96			24		0		12/31/2009
	Terre Haute, IN		150		WTHI-TV		96			18		0		12/31/2009
	Lafayette, IN		191		WLFI-TV		96			23		1		12/31/2007
ABC	Hartford-New Haven, CT		28		WTNH-TV		86			33		0		8/31/2011
	Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, MI		39		WOTV-TV		86	(2)		38		2		8/31/2011
Fox	Norfolk-Portsmouth-Newport News, VA		42		WVBT-TV		28			7		1		8/30/2008
	Providence, RI-New Bedford, MA		51		WNAC-TV		28			15		1			(1)
	Mobile/Pensacola, FL		62		WALA-TV		28			26		0			(1)
	Green Bay, WI		69		WLUK-TV		28			39		1			(1)
	Toledo, OH		70		WUPW-TV		28			9		0			(1)
UPN	Indianapolis, IN		25		WNDY-TV		13			4		2			(3)
	Hartford-New Haven, CT		28		WCTX-TV		13			9		0			(3)
	Columbus, OH		32		WWHO-TV		13			3		0			(3)
	Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, MI		39		WXSP-CA		13	(2)		38		2			(3)
	Buffalo, NY		49		WNLO-TV		13			6		0			(3)
WB	Austin, TX		53		KNVA-TV		23			0		1			(3)
	Mobile/Pensacola, FL		62		WBPG-TV		23			0		1			(3)
Telefutura	Austin, TX		53		KBVO-CA		168			0		0			(1)
Univision	Indianapolis, IN		25		WIIH-LP		163			5		0			(1)
MTV	Puerto Rico				WJPX-TV		0			0		0		12/31/2007
IND	Puerto Rico				WAPA-TV		0			42		25
							1,871			624		60

(1)	Affiliation agreements are currently being negotiated; we believe that we will be able to conclude an agreement with each of these networks.
(2)	WOTV-TV and WXSP-CA simulcast 24.5 hours and 2.5 hours, respectively, of locally-produced news from WOOD-TV each week.
(3)	See “Subsequent Developments” on page 5 regarding the announcement of the termination of the UPN and WB network program service in September 2006.

8

Network programming

All our US stations are affiliated with one of the national television networks. The network affiliation agreements provide a local station exclusive rights and an obligation, subject to certain limited preemption rights, to carry the network programming. While the networks retain most of the advertising time within their programs for their own use, the local station has also the right to sell a limited amount of advertising time within the network programs. Other time periods, which are not programmed by the networks, are programmed by the local station, for which the local station retains all of the advertising revenues.

The programming strength of a particular national television network may affect a local station’s competitive position. Our stations, however, are diversified among the major and emerging networks, reducing the potential impact of any one network’s performance. We believe that national television network affiliations remain an efficient means of obtaining competitive programming, both for established stations with strong local news franchises and for newer stations with greater programming needs.

Our stations generate on average 26.5% of their total revenue from the sale of advertising within network programming for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our stations that are affiliated with the traditional broadcast networks generate a higher percentage of revenue from the sale of advertising within network programming than stations affiliated with emerging networks.

Our affiliation agreements have terms of up to 10 years, with scheduled expiration dates ranging through August 31, 2011. A chart listing the expiration dates of each of our network affiliation agreements is set forth above. Typically, these agreements either contain automatic extensions or are renewed upon their expiration dates. These agreements are subject to earlier termination by the networks under specified circumstances, including a change of control of our company, which would generally result from the acquisition of 50% of the voting rights of our company. For further information about our network affiliation arrangements, see “Subsequent Developments” and “Risks Factors — Risks Associated with Business Activities: The loss of network affiliation agreements or changes in network affiliations could materially and adversely affect our results of operations if we are unable to quickly replace the network affiliation.”

Syndicated programming

We acquire the rights to programs for time periods in which we do not air our local news programs or network programs. These programs generally include reruns of current or former network programs, such as “The Simpsons” or “Everybody Loves Raymond”, and for first-run syndication programs, such as “Oprah”, “Judge Judy” or “Wheel of Fortune”. We pay cash for these programs or exchange advertising time within the program for the cost of the program rights. We compete with other local television stations to acquire these programs, which has caused the cost of program rights to increase over time. In addition, a television viewer can now choose to watch many of these programs on national cable networks or purchase these programs on DVDs or via downloads to computers or mobile video devices, which has resulted in the fragmentation of our local television audience.

Distribution of programming

The programming broadcast on our television stations can reach the television audience by one or more of the following distribution systems:

•  Full-power television stations

•  Low-power television stations

•  Cable television

•  Direct broadcast satellite

9

Full-power television stations

We own and operate 12 VHF full-power television stations that operate on over-the-air channels 2 through 13, and 15 UHF full-power television stations that operate on over-the-air channels 14 through 69. For the year ended December 31, 2005, our full-power television stations generated 99% of our net revenue, including three stations operated under local marketing agreements that contributed 5.3% of our net revenue.

The FCC television licenses for the three stations operating under a local marketing agreement are not owned by us. The local marketing agreements require us to pay fixed annual fees to the owners of the FCC television licenses. We incur programming, operating costs and the capital expenditures related to the operation of these stations and retain all advertising revenues. In the three local markets where these stations are located, we own and operate another station. These local marketing agreement stations are an important part of our multi-channel strategy. We also have purchase options to acquire two of these stations and have entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire a third station.

See “Government Regulation of the Television Industry” for a discussion of regulatory issues facing the commercial television broadcasting industry. See “Our television stations” above for a listing of our full-power television stations.

Low-power television stations

We own and operate a number of low-power broadcast television stations in various local markets. These low-power broadcast television stations are licensed by the FCC to provide service to substantially smaller areas than those of full-power stations. In certain markets, principally Albuquerque and Norfolk, these stations are used to extend the geographic reach of the primary stations. In three of our markets, we have affiliated our low-power stations with a national television network. In Indianapolis, Indiana we have a single low-power station affiliated with Univision, which utilizes cable carriage to cover that portion of the market it cannot reach over-the-air. In Grand Rapids, Michigan we have a low-power television station affiliated with UPN and in Austin, Texas we have a low-power television station affiliated with Telefutura, which we broadcast on a group of our low-power television stations to cover substantially all of the local market.

Cable television and direct broadcast satellite

Cable systems and direct broadcast satellite providers currently provide program services to approximately 86% of total US television households with cable systems serving 67% and direct satellite serving 20% of total television households. As a result, cable and satellite systems are not only our primary competitors, but the primary way our television audience views our television stations.

We have carriage arrangements with over 1,200 cable systems and the two major direct broadcast satellite providers. These arrangements are of two different types: must carry and retransmission consent. Under must carry arrangements, the stations invoke an FCC rule requiring carriage of local stations in their local markets and requiring stations be carried on certain channels and on tiers of service available to all subscribers. Cable systems and satellite providers do not pay a fee for station carriage under must carry arrangements. Under retransmission consent arrangements, stations waive their must carry rights and elect to be carried under negotiated contractual terms. These terms may include not just agreements with respect to channel positioning and service tier carriage but other compensation, such as cash payments for the stations or carriage for another program service, advertising payments or joint promotional commitments. The cash compensation received from these agreements is not material to our operating results. In a few instances, our stations have been unable to reach agreements with cable operators and consequently were not carried on one or more cable systems for periods ranging from a few days to two years.

10

We are required to make must-carry retransmission consent elections every three years, with the next election to be made by October 1, 2008, to become effective January 1, 2009.

Seasonality of our business

Our advertising revenues are generally highest in the second and fourth quarters of each fiscal year, due generally to active advertising in the spring and to increases in retail advertising in the period leading up to and including the holiday season. Our operating results are similarly affected by the fluctuations in our revenue cycle, as advertising revenues are generally higher in even-numbered years (i.e., 2000, 2002, 2004) due to additional revenue associated with Olympic broadcasts and during election years due to spending by political candidates.

The broadcast television industry is also cyclical in nature, being affected by prevailing economic conditions. Since we rely on sales of advertising time for substantially all of our revenues, our operating results are sensitive to general economic conditions and regional conditions in each of the local market areas in which our stations operate.

Dependence on a single customer category

We are also dependent to a significant degree on automotive-related advertising. Approximately 27%, 27% and 25% of our total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, consisted of automotive advertising. A significant decrease in these advertising revenues in the future could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Digital transition of our stations

The FCC granted most broadcast television stations a second channel to facilitate the transition from analog to digital transmission because existing analog television receivers could not receive digital transmissions. On February 8, 2006, a measure was signed into law setting an unconditional digital conversion date of February 17, 2009, which takes back the analog channel, and includes a program to subsidize the digital conversion of remaining analog receivers.

As of December 31, 2005, we had successfully converted all of our full power stations that we own and operate to digital with the exception of two of our recent acquisitions, WTHI in Terre Haute, Indiana, and WBPG in Mobile, Alabama/Pensacola, Florida, which have not yet completed their digital construction. WTHI’s digital facility should be completed in the first half of 2006. WBPG has not as yet been allotted a digital channel by the FCC and may not be able to initiate digital transmissions until shortly before or on February 17, 2009. The cost associated with converting these stations to digital is approximately $2.2 million.

11

Competitive conditions in the television industry

The television broadcast industry has become highly competitive over the past ten years as a result of new technologies and new program distribution systems. Local cable systems, which offer television viewers hundreds of program choices, now compete for advertising dollars that were generally exclusive to local television stations. In some of our local markets, we compete directly against other local broadcast stations and cable systems that are owned by one of the major media companies that have greater financial and programming resources than we do. The chart below illustrates some of the competitive forces that we face in terms of audience, programming and advertising revenues.

	Competition for
	Viewing		Advertising
	Time		Revenues		Programming
Other local television stations		X		X		X
Cable television networks		X		X		X
Local cable systems		X		X
Satellite program providers		X
Internet		X		X
Game systems (i.e. Playstation, XBox 360)		X
DVDs		X
Computers and mobile video devices (i.e. iPods, etc.)		X
Local radio stations				X
Newspapers				X
Outdoor advertising				X

The television broadcast industry is undergoing a period of consolidation and significant technological change. Many of our current and potential competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing, programming and broadcasting resources than we do. We believe, however, that our local news programming, network affiliations and sales management have enabled us to compete effectively in our markets. Nonetheless, our strategy may not continue to be effective and the introduction of new competitors for television audiences could have a material effect on our financial performance.

Industry Involvement

Our management group is recognized as an industry leader and takes an active role in a wide range of industry organizations. Gary Chapman, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, is the immediate past chairman of the Association for Maximum Service Television, an organization that has a key role in the transition of our industry from analog to digital television. Mr. Chapman is also currently co-chairing an industry group to create broadcast indecency standards, an important issue confronting our industry today. Mr. Chapman has served in the past as the chairman of the National Association of Broadcasters and has served on the boards of several other major television industry groups. Other members of our management group and station personnel are serving on various industry committees and network affiliation organizations and have won numerous awards for excellence in news and community-issue programming.

12

Government Regulation of the Television Industry

Overview of Regulatory Issues

The ownership, operation and sale of television stations are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC by authority granted it under the Communications Act. Matters subject to FCC oversight include, but are not limited to:

•  allocating frequency bands to broadcast television, allotting specific channels (frequencies) to specific cities, and approving the location, operating power and types of transmission of each television station;

•  establishing limits on the number of television stations which may be owned nationally and in each local market either separately or in conjunction with other media;

•  establishing eligibility criteria for ownership of broadcast television station licenses and approving license renewals and transfers;

•  enforcing various broadcast programming content laws or regulations including those barring or restricting obscene or indecent content, mandating children’s educational programming and regulating advertising directed at children; and

•  overseeing certain broadcast health and employment regulations.

The FCC has the power to impose penalties, including fines or license revocations, upon a licensee of a television station for violations of the Communications Act and the FCC’s rules and regulations.

License renewal, assignment and transfer of broadcast licenses

Television broadcast licenses are granted for a maximum term of eight years and are subject to renewal upon application to the FCC. The FCC prohibits the assignment of a license or the transfer of control of a broadcast licensee without prior FCC approval. In determining whether to grant or renew a broadcast license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the applicant, including compliance with a variety of ownership limitations and compliance with character and technical standards. During certain limited periods when a renewal application is pending, petitions to deny a license renewal may be filed by interested parties, including members of the public. The FCC must grant the renewal application if it finds that the incumbent has served the public interest and has not committed any serious violation of FCC requirements. If the incumbent fails to meet that standard, and if it does not show other mitigating factors warranting a lesser sanction, the FCC has authority to deny the renewal application. We are in good standing with respect to each of our FCC licenses. Our licenses expire between 2004 and 2007. We expect to renew each of these licenses but we make no assurance that we will be able to do so. Certain of our licenses have pending applications for renewal that we expect to be reviewed and granted in 2006.

Regulation of ownership of broadcast licenses

On a national level, FCC rules generally prevent an entity or individual from having an “attributable” interest in television stations with an aggregate audience reach in excess of 39% of all U.S. households. For this purpose only 50% of the television households in a market are counted towards the 39% national restriction if the station in that market is a UHF station. The percentage of all U.S. households that our stations reach is below 11%.

The FCC’s “duopoly” rule prohibits or restricts an entity from having attributable interests in two or more television stations in the same local market. The rule permits ownership of two television stations in a local market under certain circumstances, primarily where a party is seeking to combine two stations if at least one of the stations is not among the top four in audience and there are at least eight post-merger independently owned television operations. Waivers of the rule are also available where one of the stations has failed, is failing or is unbuilt. Local marketing agreements are

13

considered equivalent to ownership for purposes of the local ownership rules and thus permissible only where ownership is permissible. The FCC has grandfathered otherwise ineligible television local marketing agreements entered into prior to November 5, 1996, until at least after the conclusion of a rulemaking, to be initiated at a date yet to be determined, examining whether it would be in the public interest to permit such combinations to continue. Grandfathered local marketing agreements can be freely transferred during the grandfather period, but dual licenses may be transferred only where the two-station combination continues to qualify under the duopoly rule.

We have acquired three of the stations that we had operated previously through a local marketing agreement. Two markets, Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, Michigan and Norfolk-Portsmouth-Newport News, Virginia satisfied the requirement for a sufficient number of post-merger independently owned television stations and did not require waivers of the duopoly rule for conversion to ownership or subsequent transferability. The station in New Haven, Connecticut, applied for and was granted an unbuilt station duopoly waiver. A subsequent transfer of the duopoly in New Haven may require a waiver if no additional independent stations initiate operations. Eligibility for a waiver will depend upon the station’s future performance. In the event that the FCC determines that the grandfathered local marketing agreement in Austin, Texas, is ineligible for conversion to full ownership, we have the right to assign our purchase option to a third party and we believe we can arrange a suitable disposition, including alternative non-attributable operating arrangements with such a party, such as a more limited programming and services agreement or joint sales agreement, which will not be materially less favorable to us than the current local marketing agreement. However, the rules may not be implemented or interpreted in such a manner.

The FCC also limits the combined local ownership of a newspaper and a broadcast station and of a cable television system and a broadcast television station. In addition, it limits the number of radio stations that may be co-owned with a television station serving the same local market.

In 2003, the FCC voted to revise and in most cases liberalize substantially several of its national and local ownership rules. In 2004, the United States Court of Appeals found virtually all of these actions to be without adequate support and remanded to the Commission for further deliberation. In 2005, the United States Supreme Court declined to hear an appeal of the Court of Appeals decision. The FCC is expected in 2006 to issue one or more further rulemakings reexamining the ownership rules in light of the court decision. Meanwhile, in 2004, Congress by statute fixed the limit on nationwide ownership of television broadcast stations at 39% of all U.S. households.

The FCC generally applies its ownership limits only to “attributable” interests held by an individual, corporation, partnership or other association. In the case of corporations holding broadcast licenses, the interest of officers, directors and those who, directly or indirectly, have the right to vote 5% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, or 20% or more of such stock in the case of insurance companies, mutual funds, bank trust departments and certain other passive investors that are holding stock for investment purposes only, are generally deemed to be attributable, as are positions as an officer or director of a corporate parent of a broadcast licensee. Debt and non-voting stock are generally nonattributable interests. Moreover, pending completion of a court-ordered rulemaking, the FCC has restored an exemption to attribution of voting stock in any entity, which has a single shareholder with more than 50% of that entity’s voting stock. In any event, the holder of an otherwise nonattributable stock or debt interest in a licensee which is in excess of 33% of the total assets of the licensee (debt plus equity) will nonetheless be attributable where the holder is either a major program supplier to that licensee or the holder has an attributable interest in another broadcast station, cable system or newspaper in the same market. While intending to provide licensees and investors with clear attribution standards, the FCC has stated that it reserves the authority, in an appropriate case, to declare as being attributable an unusual combination of otherwise nonattributable interests.

Because of these multiple and cross-ownership rules, any person or entity that acquires an attributable interest in us may violate the FCC’s rules if that purchaser also has an attributable

14

interest in other television or radio stations, or in daily newspapers, depending on the number and location of those radio or television stations or daily newspapers. Such person or entity also may be restricted in the companies in which it may invest to the extent that those investments give rise to an attributable interest. If the holder of an attributable interest violates any of these ownership rules or if a proposed acquisition by us would cause such a violation, we may be unable to obtain from the Commission one or more authorizations needed to conduct our television station business and may be unable to obtain the FCC’s consents for certain future acquisitions.

Regulatory issues involving alien ownership

The Communications Act restricts the ability of foreign entities or individuals to own or vote certain interests in broadcast licenses. A foreign corporation or non-US citizen cannot own more than 20% of a corporation that holds a broadcast license. Also, no corporation may hold the capital stock of another corporation holding a broadcast license if more than 25% of the capital stock of such parent corporation is owned by a foreign corporation or non-U.S. citizen absent specific FCC authorization.

Regulatory issues involving programming and station operations

The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the “public interest.” Since the early 1980s, the FCC gradually has relaxed or eliminated many of the more formalized procedures it had developed to promote the broadcast of certain types of programming responsive to the needs of a station’s local market. Broadcast station licensees continue, however, to be required to present programming that is responsive to community problems, needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating such responsiveness. Complaints from viewers concerning a station’s programming may be considered by the FCC when it evaluates license renewal applications, although such complaints may be filed, and generally may be considered by the FCC, at any time. Stations also must follow various rules promulgated under the Communications Act that regulate, among other things, children’s television programming and advertising, political advertising, sponsorship identifications, contest and lottery advertising and programming rating guidelines.

The FCC is in the process of determining what, if any, additional public interest programming obligations will be imposed on digital broadcast transmissions. The FCC recently determined that broadcasters who carry multiple programs on their digital facilities must provide additional children’s educational programming.

The FCC is also charged with enforcing restrictions or prohibitions on the broadcast of obscene and indecent programs and in recent years has increased its enforcement activities in this area, issuing large fines against radio and television stations found to have carried such programming. Congress is considering legislation, which would substantially increase the potential monetary penalties for carriage of indecent programming and put the licenses of repeat offenders in jeopardy. We are unable to predict whether such legislation will be enacted or whether the enforcement of such regulations will have a material adverse effect on our ability to provide competitive programming.

The FCC also requires broadcast stations to comply with its own set of equal employment opportunity outreach rules and has adopted standards regulating the exposure of station employees and the public to potentially harmful radiofrequency radiation emitted by our broadcast facilities.

Regulatory restrictions on broadcast advertising

The advertising of cigarettes and smokeless tobacco on broadcast stations is banned. Congressional committees have examined legislative proposals to eliminate or severely restrict the advertising of beer and wine. We cannot predict whether any or all of the present proposals will be enacted into law and, if so, what the final form of such law might be. The elimination of all beer and wine advertising could have an adverse effect on our stations’ revenues and operating profits as well as the revenues and operating profits of other stations that carry beer and wine advertising. Campaign finance legislation, which became effective in November 2002, restricts spending by candidates,

15

political parties, independent groups and others on political advertising and imposes significant reporting and other burdens on political advertising. This legislation was upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court, but is subject to further interpretation by the Federal Elections Commission. The legislation has survived judicial appeals but is still subject to further restrictive interpretation by the Federal Election Commission, whose actions we cannot predict.

Regulatory issues involving cable must-carry or retransmission consent rights

The Cable Act of 1992 requires television broadcasters to make an election to exercise either must-carry or retransmission consent rights in connection with their carriage by cable television systems in the station’s local market. If a broadcaster chooses to exercise its must-carry rights, it may demand carriage on a specified channel on cable systems within its local market. Must-carry rights are not absolute. Cable systems may decline carriage for a variety of reasons, including a lack of channel capacity for smaller systems, the inability of the station asserting must-carry rights to deliver a good quality signal to the cable system or the presence of a more proximate duplicating affiliate of the same network. Stations asserting must-carry rights are not permitted to receive additional compensation from the cable systems carrying their stations. If a station owner chooses to exercise its retransmission consent rights, it may prohibit cable systems from carrying its signal, or permit carriage under a negotiated compensation arrangement.

Must-carry rights are limited to carriage within a station’s local market and preclude a station from receiving anything other than limited carriage rights in exchange for the use of its programming. Must-carry is generally elected in instances where the broadcast station believes it is unlikely to obtain either cost-free carriage or additional compensation through negotiation. This is more likely to be the case with respect to stations which have disadvantaged signals or channel positions or which are without strong networks or local news operations and to systems in areas dominated by a single cable operator or where there are overlapping signals from stations in adjacent markets. Otherwise stations generally elect to negotiate retransmission consent agreements with cable systems. A retransmission consent agreement, by contrast, is generally elected where a station seeks not just carriage but the receipt of additional compensation. Retransmission consent agreements are also required for carriage on systems outside a station’s local market. Additional compensation may take the form of cash payments, enhanced channel position, or carriage of and payment for additional program services such as a local weather service or a second national network carried on a low-power station in the same market.

Regulatory issues involving direct broadcast satellite systems

There are currently in operation two full-service direct broadcast satellite systems that serve the U.S. market: DirecTV, 34% of the common stock of which is owned by News Corp., the parent company of Fox Broadcasting, and DISH Network, which is operated by EchoStar Communications Corporation. Direct broadcast satellite systems provide programming similar to that of cable systems on a subscription basis to those who have purchased and installed a satellite signal-receiving dish and associated decoder equipment.

Due to limitations in channel capacity and a copyright law restriction limiting distribution of network stations only to areas which could not get terrestrial broadcast signals, direct broadcast satellite systems did not carry local broadcast signals in the local areas served by those stations until recently. The extent to which the carriers transmitted and continue to transmit distant network affiliates into local markets in violation of copyright law remains the subject of on-going litigation between the carriers and local stations. Both DirecTV and EchoStar have substantially increased their channel capacity and Congress has amended the satellite compulsory license to permit the satellite carriers to provide local signals in their local markets; Congress recently reaffirmed this “local-into-local” provision and the prohibition on importation into local markets of stations from distant markets. As with cable carriage, broadcasters have been given the right to negotiate

16

retransmission consent for these local transmissions for compensation or, where local service has been initiated, to demand carriage as a matter of right for no compensation.

Both DirecTV and EchoStar have now initiated carriage of local stations in all but one of our local markets. We have reached retransmission consent agreements with both carriers and are receiving compensation for carriage of most of our stations in these markets. We are unable to predict when and if carriage will be initiated in our other markets and whether the revenues from such carriage will be significant. We are also unable to predict whether the results of any legislative activity or litigation and what, if any, impact they will have on the local television broadcasting business.

Regulatory network affiliate issues

Several FCC rules impose restrictions on network affiliation agreements. Among other things, those rules prohibit a television station from entering into any affiliation agreement that:

•  requires the station to clear time for network programming that the station had previously scheduled for other use; or

•  precludes the preemption of any network programs that the station believes are unsuitable for its audience and the substitution of network programming with programming that it believes is of greater local or national importance.

The FCC is currently reviewing several of these rules governing the relationship between broadcast television networks and their affiliates. We are unable to predict when and how the FCC will resolve these proceedings.

Regulatory issues involving the transition to digital television

All U.S. television stations broadcast signals using an analog transmission system first developed in the 1940s. The FCC has approved a new digital television, or DTV, technical standard to be used by television broadcasters, television set manufacturers, the computer industry and the motion picture industry. This DTV standard allows the simultaneous transmission of higher quality and/or multiple streams of video programming and data on the bandwidth presently used by a single analog channel. On the multiple channels allowed by DTV, it is possible to broadcast one high definition channel, with visual and sound quality substantially superior to present-day television; to transmit several standard definition channels, with digital sound and pictures of a quality varying from equivalent to somewhat better than present television; to provide interactive data services, including visual or audio transmission; or to provide some combination of these possibilities.

The FCC has already allocated to nearly every existing television broadcast station one additional channel to be used for DTV during the transition between present-day analog television and DTV, and has established a timetable by which every current station must initiate DTV operations. Broadcasters were not required to pay for this new DTV channel, but will be required to relinquish their analog channel on February 17, 2009.

The FCC has declared its intention to place all DTV stations in a “core” broadcast band consisting of channels 2-51 by February 17, 2009 and to reallocate channels 52-69 to a variety of other uses, including advanced cellular telephone and public safety. In September 2002 and June 2003, the FCC auctioned off much of the spectrum now occupied by broadcast channels 54, 55 and 59. The channels can be used for any purpose other than analog television and cannot be used until vacated by any incumbent broadcasters. We participated in the auction and purchased this spectrum in several of our markets, including those markets where we have either an analog or a digital broadcast channel 54 or 59. On February 8, 2006, a measure was signed into law requiring the FCC to auction off the remaining spectrum by January 28, 2008 and requiring all analog broadcast transmissions to cease by February 17, 2009. The measure also provided for a subsidy to provide free digital converters to consumers with analog receivers who depend on over-the-air service and do not subscribe to cable or satellite service.

17

Broadcasters must also pay certain fees for nonbroadcast uses of their digital channels. In addition, the FCC recently determined that broadcasters who transmit multiple programs on their digital channels are required to carry additional children’s educational programming and is evaluating whether to impose further public interest programming requirements on digital broadcasters. The FCC also recently held that the “must carry” requirements applicable to cable and satellite carriage of analog broadcast signals will encompass only the “primary” digital program channel and then only upon the cessation of analog signals.

In some cases, conversion to DTV operations may reduce a station’s geographical coverage area. Moreover, some of our stations have channels that are in the spectrum to be cleared for resale by the FCC and there is no guarantee that the replacement channels will fully replicate existing service. In other instances, the digital service may exceed current service. In addition, the FCC’s current implementation plan would maintain the secondary status of low-power television stations with respect to DTV operations and many low-power television stations, particularly in major markets, will be displaced, including some of ours.

In addition, it is not yet clear:

•  when and to what extent DTV or other digital technology will become available through the various media;

•  whether and how television broadcast stations will be able to avail themselves of or profit by the transition to DTV;

•  whether viewing audiences will make choices among services upon the basis of such differences;

•  whether and how quickly the viewing public will embrace the cost of new DTV sets and monitors;

•  to what extent the DTV standard will be compatible with the digital standards adopted by cable and other multi-channel video programming services;

•  whether a satisfactory copy protection technology will be developed for broadcasting and whether that technology will be compatible with copy protection systems developed for cable and other media;

•  whether cable systems will be required to carry DTV signals or, in the absence of such mandate, whether broadcasters will succeed in negotiating voluntary cable carriage arrangements;

•  whether significant additional expensive equipment will be required for television stations to provide digital service, including high definition television and supplemental or ancillary data transmission services; or

•  what additional public interest obligations digital broadcasters will be required to fulfill.

Pursuant to the Telecommunications Act, the FCC must conduct a ten-year evaluation regarding the public interest in advanced television, alternative uses for the spectrum and reduction of the amount of spectrum each licensee utilizes. Many segments of the industry are also intensely studying these advanced technologies. There can be no assurances regarding the nature of future FCC regulation as a result of this study.

Recent regulatory developments, proposed legislation and regulation

Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration, and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation and ownership of our stations. In addition to the changes and proposed changes noted above, the FCC has considered, for example, spectrum use fees, political advertising rates and

18

potential restrictions on the advertising of certain products like hard liquor, beer and wine that could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations. Other matters that could affect the stations include technological innovations and development generally affecting competition in the mass communications industry.

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete summary of all the provisions of the Communications Act, as amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Telecommunications Act” or the “Cable Act”), or of the regulations and policies of the FCC under either act. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and requirements are pending before and are being considered by Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. We are unable at this time to predict the outcome of any of the pending FCC rulemaking proceedings referenced above, the outcome of any reconsideration or appellate proceedings concerning any changes in FCC rules or policies noted above, the possible outcome of any proposed or pending Congressional legislation, or the impact of any of those changes on our stations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2005, we employed 2,414 full time employees, 472 of which were represented by unions. We believe that our employee relations are generally good.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including our filings, that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that we file with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

We also make available free of charge through our Internet website at http://www.lintv.com our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and, if applicable, amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material, to the SEC.

We also make available on our website our corporate governance guidelines, the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee, and our code of business conduct and ethics, and such information is available in print to any stockholder who requests it. In addition, we intend to disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers from, our code of business conduct and ethics that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange.

On June 3, 2005, our chief executive officer certified to the New York Stock Exchange that he was not aware of any violation by us of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards as of the date of that certification. We have filed with the SEC, as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 certification regarding the quality of our public disclosure.

19

Item 1A. Risk Factors:

Risks Associated with Business Activities

Our operating results are primarily dependent on advertising revenues and, as a result, we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns than businesses in other industries.

Our operating results are primarily dependent on advertising revenues. The success of our operations depends in part upon factors beyond our control, such as:

•  national and local economic conditions;

•  the availability of high profile sporting events;

•  the relative popularity of the programming on our stations;

•  the demographic characteristics of our markets; and

•  the activities of our competitors.

Our programming may not attract sufficient targeted viewership or we may not achieve favorable ratings. Our ratings depend partly upon unpredictable and volatile factors beyond our control, such as viewer preferences, competing programming and the availability of other entertainment activities. A shift in viewer preferences could cause our programming not to gain popularity or to decline in popularity, which could cause our advertising revenues to decline. In addition, we, and those on whom we rely for programming, may not be able to anticipate and react effectively to shifts in viewer tastes and interests in the markets.

We are dependent to a significant degree on automotive advertising.

Approximately 27%, 27% and 25% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, consisted of automotive advertising. A significant decrease in these revenues in the future could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows, which could affect our ability to fund operations and service our debt obligations and affect the value of shares of our common stock.

We have a substantial amount of debt, which could adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, reduce our operating flexibility and put us at greater risk for default and acceleration of our debt.

As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately $981.7 million of consolidated indebtedness and approximately $828.9 million of consolidated stockholders’ equity. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Accordingly, we will continue to have significant debt service obligations.

Our large amount of indebtedness could, for example:

•  require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay indebtedness and reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

•  limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;

•  expose us to greater interest rate risk since the interest rates on our credit facility vary; and

•  impair our ability to successfully withstand a downturn in our business or the economy in general and place us at a disadvantage relative to our less leveraged competitors.

Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity and results of operations. In addition, our debt instruments require us to comply with covenants, including those that restrict the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional

20

indebtedness, pay dividends, make investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations and make capital expenditures, that will restrict the manner in which we conduct our business and may impact our operating results. Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in events of default, which, if not cured or waived, would permit acceleration of our indebtedness and acceleration of indebtedness under other instruments that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions. In the past, we have obtained amendments with respect to compliance with financial ratio tests in our credit facility. Consents or amendments that may be required in the future may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

We have a history of net losses and a substantial accumulated deficit.

We had net losses of $26.1 million and $90.4 million for year ended December 31, 2005 and 2003, respectively, primarily as a result of amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and interest expense. In addition, as of December 31, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of $227.9 million.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, forcing us to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, sell assets or obtain additional financing.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, or to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness, will depend on our future performance, which, to a certain extent, will be subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, on or before maturity, sell assets or obtain additional financing. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to seek to restructure our remaining debt obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock and the market, if any, for our debt.

We have a material amount of intangible assets, and if we are required to write down intangible assets in future periods, it would reduce net income, which in turn could materially and adversely affect the results of operations and the trading price of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock.

Approximately $1.9 billion, or 80%, of our total assets as of December 31, 2005 consists of unamortized intangible assets. Intangible assets principally include broadcast licenses and goodwill. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires, among other things, the impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets. If at any point in the future the value of these intangible assets decreased, we would be required to incur an impairment charge that could significantly adversely impact our reported results of operations and stockholders’ equity. We recorded an impairment of our goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2005 of $33.4 million and we recorded an impairment of our broadcast licenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 of $51.7 million.

Our class A common stock currently trades at a price that results in a market capitalization less than our total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005, and has done so since April 2005. If we determine in a future period as part of our annual testing for impairments of intangible assets, that the fair market value of our intangible assets exceeded the book value of these assets, we would incur an impairment charge which could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and the trading price of our class A common stock.

21

Our strategy includes seeking growth through acquisitions of television stations, which could pose various risks and increase our leverage.

We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue selective acquisitions of television stations with the goal of improving their operating performance by applying our management’s business and growth strategy. In 2005, we acquired six television stations and entered into a local marketing agreement to operate another television station. However, we may not be successful in identifying attractive acquisition targets nor have the financial capacity to complete additional station acquisitions. Acquisitions involve inherent risks, such as increasing leverage and debt service requirements and combining company cultures and facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, particularly during the period immediately following any acquisitions. We may not be able to successfully implement effective cost controls, increase advertising revenues or increase audience share with respect to any acquired station. In addition, future acquisitions may result in our assumption of unexpected liabilities and may result in the diversion of management’s attention from the operation of our business.

In addition, television station acquisitions are subject to the approval of the FCC and, potentially, other regulatory authorities. The need for FCC and other regulatory approvals could restrict our ability to consummate future transactions and potentially require us to divest some television stations if a regulatory authority believes that a proposed acquisition would result in excessive concentration in a market, even if the proposed combinations may otherwise comply with FCC ownership limitations.

Broadcast interests of our affiliates, including Hicks Muse, may be attributable to us and may limit our ability to acquire television stations in particular markets, restricting our ability to execute our growth strategy.

The number of television stations we may acquire in any market is limited by FCC rules and may vary depending upon whether the interests in other television stations or other media properties of individuals affiliated with us are attributable to those individuals under FCC rules. The FCC generally applies its ownership limits to “attributable” interests held by an individual, corporation, partnership or other association. The broadcast or other media interests of our officers, directors and 5% or greater voting stockholders are generally attributable to us, which may limit our acquisition or ownership of television stations in particular markets while those officers, directors or stockholders are associated with us. In addition, the holder of an otherwise nonattributable equity or debt interest in a licensee which is in excess of 33% of the total debt and equity of the licensee will nonetheless be attributable where the holder is either a major program supplier to that licensee or the holder has an attributable interest in another broadcast station or newspaper in the same market. As of December 31, 2005, affiliates of Hicks Muse owned 23,502,059 shares of LIN TV class B common stock, which represents 45.5% of LIN TV’s capital stock. Pursuant to FCC rules and regulations, non-voting stock does not generally create an attributable interest. As a result, due to the fact that affiliates of Hicks Muse only own shares of LIN TV class B common stock, we believe that none of our stations will be attributed to Hicks Muse and that no stations attributed to Hicks Muse will be attributed to us. However, if affiliates of Hicks Muse elect to convert their shares of class B common stock into either class A common stock or class C common stock of LIN TV, under current FCC rules and regulations, broadcast stations or newspapers that are attributable to Hicks Muse would be attributed to us. In addition, the FCC has stated that it reserves the authority, in an appropriate case, to declare as being attributable an unusual combination of otherwise nonattributable interests.

22

Hicks Muse and its affiliates, whose interests may differ from your interests, have approval rights with respect to significant transactions and could convert their equity interests in LIN TV into a majority of its voting power, thereby reducing the voting power of other LIN TV shareholders.

Hicks Muse and its affiliates have the ability to convert shares of LIN TV’s nonvoting class B common stock into class A common stock, subject to the approval of the FCC. If this occurs, affiliates of Hicks Muse would own approximately 45.5% of our voting equity interests and will effectively have the ability to elect the entire board of directors and to approve or disapprove any corporate transaction or other matters submitted to LIN TV shareholders for approval, including the approval of mergers or other significant corporate transactions. Upon the conversion of the majority of the nonvoting class B common stock into class A common stock, the class C common stock will automatically convert into an equal number of shares of class A common stock. The interests of Hicks Muse and its affiliates may differ from the interests of LIN TV’s other stockholders and Hicks Muse and its affiliates could take actions or make decisions that are not in the best interests of LIN TV’s other stockholders.

For example, Hicks Muse is in the business of making significant investments in existing or newly formed companies and may from time to time acquire and hold controlling or non-controlling interests in television broadcast assets that may directly or indirectly compete with LIN TV for advertising revenues. Hicks Muse and its affiliates may from time to time identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions of television stations or other broadcast related businesses that may be complementary to LIN TV’s business and therefore such acquisition opportunities may not be available to LIN TV.

Moreover, Royal W. Carson, III and Randall S. Fojtasek, two of LIN TV’s directors, together own all of LIN TV’s class C common stock and therefore possess 70% of LIN TV’s combined voting power. Accordingly, Messrs. Carson and Fojtasek will have the power to elect the entire board of directors of LIN TV and through this control, to approve or disapprove any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to the LIN TV stockholders for approval, including the approval of mergers or other significant corporate transactions. Both of Messrs. Carson and Fojtasek have prior business relations with Hicks Muse. Mr. Carson is the President of Carson Private Capital Incorporated, an investment firm that sponsors funds-of-funds and dedicated funds that have invested substantially all of the net capital of these funds in investment funds sponsored by Hicks Muse or its affiliates. Mr. Carson also serves on an advisory board representing the interests of limited partners of Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Europe Fund, L.P., which is sponsored by Hicks Muse. Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Europe Fund does not have an investment in us. Until its sale in 1999, Mr. Fojtasek was the Chief Executive Officer of Atrium Companies, Inc., which was principally owned by Hicks Muse and its affiliates. Affiliates of Hicks Muse have invested as limited partners in Brazos Investment Partners LLC, a private equity investment firm of which Mr. Fojtasek is a founding member.

If we are unable to compete effectively, our revenue could decline.

The entertainment industry, and particularly the television industry, is highly competitive and is undergoing a period of consolidation and significant change. Many of our current and potential competitors have greater financial, marketing, programming and broadcasting resources than we do. Technological innovation and the resulting proliferation of television entertainment, such as cable television, Internet services, wireless cable, satellite-to-home distribution services, pay-per-view, digital video recorders, DVDs and home video and entertainment systems and mobile video devices have fractionalized television viewing audiences and have subjected free over-the-air television broadcast stations to new types of competition. In addition, as a result of the Telecommunications Act, the legislative ban on telephone cable ownership has been repealed and telephone companies are now permitted to seek FCC approval to provide video services to homes.

23

It will be difficult to take us over, which could adversely affect the trading price of our class A common stock.

Affiliates of Hicks Muse effectively determine whether a change of control will occur because of their rights through their ownership of all of the shares of our class B common stock or through their voting power, if they convert their shares of class B common stock into class A common stock or class C common stock. Moreover, provisions of Delaware corporate law and our bylaws and certificate of incorporation, including the 70% voting power rights of our class C common stock held by Messrs. Carson and Fojtasek, make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change of control would benefit the holders of class A common stock. These provisions and controlling ownership by affiliates of Hicks Muse could also adversely affect the public trading price of our class A common stock.

Our adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” and alternative incentive compensation plans that we could adopt, could result in our recognition of significant additional compensation expense.

We adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) in the fourth quarter of 2005, and we applied the modified prospective method, as permitted by SFAS 123R, whereby a company recognizes share-based employee costs from the beginning of the fiscal period in which the recognition provisions are first applied as if the fair-value-based accounting method had been used to account for all employee awards granted, modified, or settled after the effective date and to any awards that were not fully vested as of the effective date. SFAS 123R and the related accounting is described in more detail in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements under the heading “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements.” As a result of our adoption of SFAS 123R, we have incurred additional compensation expenses compared to prior periods and any new incentive compensation plans that involve equity, cash or other forms of incentive compensation may increase the absolute amount or volatility of our future compensation expense.

The loss of network affiliation agreements or changes in network affiliations could materially and adversely affect our results of operations if we are unable to quickly replace the network affiliation.

The non-renewal or termination of a network affiliation agreement or a change in network affiliations could have a material adverse effect on us. Each of the networks generally provides our affiliated stations with up to 22 hours of prime time programming per week. In return, our stations broadcast network-inserted commercials during that programming and often receive cash payments from networks, although in some circumstances, we make cash payments to networks.

In addition, some of our network affiliation agreements are subject to earlier termination by the networks under specified circumstances, including as a result of a change of control of our affiliated stations, which would generally result upon the acquisition of 50% of our voting power. In the event that affiliates of Hicks Muse elect to convert the shares of LIN TV class B common stock held by them into shares of either class A common stock or class C common stock, such conversion may result in a change of control of our stations with network affiliation agreements. Some of the networks with which our stations are affiliated have required other broadcast groups, upon renewal of affiliation agreements, to reduce or eliminate network affiliation compensation and, in specific cases, to make cash payments to the network, and to accept other material modifications of existing affiliation agreements. Consequently, our affiliation agreements may not all remain in place and each network may not continue to provide programming or compensation to affiliates on the same basis as it currently provides programming or compensation. In addition, the UPN and WB Networks announced they would cease operating as a network and would no longer provide programming after September 20, 2006. Seven of our stations are either UPN or WB affiliates, and some or all of these station may cease to be affiliated with a network after September 20, 2006. We are currently in negotiations with FOX and Telefutura regarding affiliation agreements with their networks. If any of

24

our stations cease to maintain affiliation agreements with networks for any reason, we would need to find alternative sources of programming, which may be less attractive and more expensive.

A change in network affiliation in a given television market may have many short-term and long-term consequences, depending upon the circumstances surrounding the change. Potential short-term consequences include increased marketing costs and increased internal operating costs, which can vary widely depending on the amount of marketing required to educate the audience regarding the change and to maintain the station’s viewing audience, short term loss of market share or slower market growth due to advertiser uncertainty about the switch, costs of gearing up a news operation, if necessary, and the cost of the equipment needed to conform the station’s programming, equipment and logos to the new network affiliation. Long-term consequences are more difficult to assess, due to the cyclical nature of each of the major network’s share of the audience that changes from year to year with programs coming to the end of their production cycle and the audience acceptance of new programs in the future and the fact that national network averages are not necessarily indicative of how a network’s programming is accepted in an individual market. How well a particular network fares in the affiliation switch depends largely on the value of the broadcast license, which is influenced by the length of time the broadcast license has been broadcasting, whether it is a VHF or a UHF license, the quality and location of the license, the audience acceptance of the licensee’s local news programming and community involvement and the quality of the other non-network programming transmitted. In addition, the majority of the revenue earned by television stations is attributable to locally produced news programming and syndicated product, rather than to network affiliation payments and advertising sales related to network programming. The circumstances that may surround a network affiliation switch cause uncertainty as to the actual costs that will be incurred by us and, if these costs are significant, the switch could have a material adverse impact on the income we derive from the affected station.

The use of an alternative method of valuing our network affiliations could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations.

Different broadcast companies may use different assumptions in valuing acquired broadcast licenses and their related network affiliations than those that are used by us. These different assumptions may result in the use of different valuation methods that can result in significant variances in the amount of purchase price allocated to these assets among broadcast companies. We believe that the value of a television station is derived primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license. The attributes include:

•  The scarcity of broadcast licenses assigned by the FCC to a particular market;

•  The length of time that the broadcast license has been broadcasting;

•  Whether the station is a VHF station or a UHF station;

•  The quality of the broadcast signal and location of the broadcast station within the market;

•  The audience acceptance of the broadcast license’s local news programming and community involvement; and

•  The quality of non-network programming carried by a station.

We generally have acquired broadcast licenses in markets with a number of commercial television stations equal to or less than the number of television networks seeking affiliates. The methodology we used in connection with the valuation of the stations acquired is based on our evaluation of the broadcast licenses acquired and the characteristics of the markets in which they operated. We believed that in substantially all our markets we would be able to replace a network affiliation agreement with little or no economic loss to the television station. As a result of this assumption, we ascribed no incremental value to the incumbent network affiliation in substantially all our markets we operate in beyond the cost of negotiating a new agreement with another network and the value of

25

any terms that were more favorable or unfavorable than those generally prevailing in the market. Other broadcasting companies have valued network affiliations on the basis that it is the affiliation and not the other attributes of the station, including its broadcast license, which contributes to the operating performance of that station. As a result, we believe that these broadcasting companies include in their network affiliation valuation amounts related to attributes that we believe are more appropriately reflected in the value of the broadcast license or goodwill.

Other broadcasting companies believe that network affiliations are an important component of the value of a station. These companies believe that VHF stations are popular because they have been affiliating with networks from the inception of network broadcasts, stations with network affiliations have the most successful local news programming and the network affiliation relationship enhances the audience for local syndicated programming. As a result, these broadcasting companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation relationship. If we were to adopt this alternative method for valuing these network affiliations, the value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill as reported on our balance sheet would be reduced and the value of our other intangibles assets would be proportionately increased. As a result, our expenses relating to the depreciation and amortization of intangible assets could increase significantly as more value would be assigned to an amortizing asset and this increase could materially reduce our operating income and materially increase our net loss.

In future acquisitions, the valuation of the broadcast licenses and network affiliations may differ from those attributable to our existing stations due to different attributes of each station and the market in which it operates.

The General Electric Capital Corporation note could result in significant liabilities and could trigger a change of control under our existing indebtedness, causing our indebtedness to become immediately due and payable.

GECC, a subsidiary of General Electric Company, provided debt financing for a joint venture between us and NBC Universal Inc., another subsidiary of General Electric Company, in the form of an $815.5 million, non-amortizing senior secured note due 2023. In the event that such note is not extended or otherwise refinanced when the note matures in 2023, we expect that, assuming current federal marginal tax rates remain in effect; our tax liability related to the joint venture transaction will be approximately $255.0 million. The formation of the joint venture was intended to be tax-free to us. However, any early repayment of the note will accelerate this tax liability, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, if an event of default occurs under the note, and GECC is unable to collect all amounts owed to it after exhausting all commercially reasonable remedies against the joint venture, including during the pendency of any bankruptcy involving the joint venture, GECC may proceed against LIN TV to collect any deficiency, including by foreclosing on our stock and other LIN TV subsidiaries, which could trigger the change of control provisions under our existing indebtedness.

Annual cash interest payments on the note are approximately $66.1 million. There are no scheduled payments of principal due prior to 2023, the stated maturity of the note. The obligations under the note were assumed by the joint venture, and the proceeds of the note were used to finance a portion of the cost of Hicks Muse’s acquisition of us. The note is not our obligation nor the obligation of any of LIN TV’s subsidiaries and is recourse only to the joint venture, our equity interest in the joint venture and, after exhausting all remedies against the assets of the joint venture and the other equity interest in the joint venture, to LIN TV pursuant to a guarantee. An event of default under the note will occur if the joint venture fails to make any scheduled payment of interest, within 90 days of the date due and payable, or principal of the note on the maturity date. The joint venture has established a cash reserve of $15 million, which was waived for 2005, for the purpose of making interest payments on the note when due. Both NBC and us have the right to make a shortfall loan to the joint venture to cover any interest payment. However, if the joint venture fails to pay principal or interest on the note, and neither NBC nor us make a shortfall loan to cover the interest payment, an

26

event of default would occur under the note and GECC could accelerate the maturity of the entire amount due under the note. Other than the acceleration of the principal amount of the note upon an event of default, prepayment of the principal of the note is prohibited prior to its stated maturity.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Any potential hostilities or terrorist attacks may affect our revenues and results of operations.

During each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003, we experienced a loss of advertising revenue and incurred additional broadcasting expenses due to the initiation of military action in Iraq. The military action disrupted our television stations’ regularly scheduled programming and some of our clients rescheduled or delayed advertising campaigns to avoid being associated with war coverage. We expect that if the United States engages in other foreign hostilities or there is a terrorist attack against the United States, we may lose additional advertising revenue and incur increased broadcasting expenses due to further pre-emption, delay or cancellation of advertising campaigns and the increased costs of providing coverage of such events. We cannot predict the extent and duration of any future, disruption to our programming schedule, the amount of advertising revenue that would be lost or delayed or the amount by which our broadcasting expenses would increase as a result. The loss of revenue and increased expenses has negatively affected, and could negatively affect in the future, our results of operations.

Our industry is subject to significant syndicated and other programming costs, and increased programming costs could adversely affect our operating results.

Our industry is subject to significant syndicated and other programming costs. We may be exposed in the future to increased programming costs, which may adversely affect our operating results. We often acquire program rights two or three years in advance, making it difficult for us to accurately predict how a program will perform. In some instances, we may have to replace programs before their costs have been fully amortized, resulting in write-offs that increase station operating costs. In addition, we are committed to purchasing all future network seasons of certain programming, irrespective of financial performance.

Our industry is subject to a government-mandated analog-digital conversion process which may cause us to lose viewership and advertising revenues.

Federal legislation now requires us to cease all analog transmissions by February 17, 2009. Over 15% of all television households now receive television exclusively by means of over-the-air transmissions such as those transmitted by our stations and millions of additional households who subscribe to cable or satellite also have additional receivers which receive over-the-air transmissions. Households without satellite or cable service are substantially greater viewers of local stations such as ours than satellite or cable households. The federal government has created a subsidy for households with analog over-the-air receivers to receive free digital converters. The subsidy may not be large enough to cover all households with over-the-air receivers and a significant percentage of such households may not learn of or choose to take advantage of the subsidy. As a result, the transition to digital may cause some households to lose service and induce others to subscribe to satellite or cable service, reducing our viewership and advertising revenues.

Implementation of digital television improves the technical quality of over-the-air broadcast television. However, conversion to digital operations may reduce a station’s geographical coverage area. We believe that digital television is essential to our long-term viability and the broadcast industry, but we cannot predict the precise effect digital television might have on our business. The FCC has levied fees on broadcasters with respect to non-broadcast uses of digital channels, including data transmissions or subscriber services. Further advances in technology may also increase competition for household audiences and advertisers. We are unable to predict the effect that technological changes will have on the broadcast television industry or the future results of our operations.

27

Changes in FCC ownership rules through Commission action, judicial review or federal legislation may limit our ability to continue operating stations under local marketing agreements, may prevent us from obtaining ownership of the stations we currently operate under local marketing agreements and/or may preclude us from obtaining the full economic value of one or more of our two-station operations upon a sale, merger or other similar transaction transferring ownership of such station or stations.

FCC ownership rules currently impose significant limitations on the ability of broadcast licensees to have attributable interests in multiple media properties. In addition, federal law prohibits one company from owning broadcast television stations with service areas encompassing more than an aggregate 39% share of national television households. Ownership restrictions under FCC rules also include a variety of local limits on media ownership. The restrictions include an ownership limit of one television station in most medium and smaller television markets and two stations in most larger markets, known as the television duopoly rule. The regulations also include a prohibition on the common ownership of a newspaper and television station in the same market (newspaper-television cross-ownership), limits on common ownership of radio and television stations in the same market (radio-television station ownership) and limits on radio ownership of four to eight radio stations in a local market.

In 2003, the FCC voted to revise and in most cases liberalize substantially several of its national and local ownership rules. In 2004, the United States Court of Appeals found virtually all of these actions to be without adequate support and remanded to the Commission for further deliberation. In 2005, the United States Supreme Court declined to hear an appeal of the Court of Appeals decision. The FCC is expected in 2006 to issue one or more further rulemakings reexamining the ownership rules in light of the court decision.

We unable to predict the timing or outcome of any FCC deliberations. Should the FCC’s amended rules ultimately become effective, attractive opportunities may arise for additional television station and other media acquisitions. But these changes also create additional competition for us from other entities, such as national broadcast networks, large station groups, newspaper chains and cable operators who may be better positioned to take advantage of such changes and benefit from the resulting operating synergies both nationally and in specific markets.

Should the television duopoly rule become relaxed, we may be able to acquire the ownership of one or both of the stations in Austin, Texas, and Providence, Rhode Island, which we currently operate under local marketing agreements and which are subject to purchase option agreements entered into by our subsidiaries. Should we be unable to do so, there is no assurance that the grandfathering of our local marketing agreements will be permitted beyond conclusion of a future rulemaking which could be initiated as early as 2005 but no later than 2006. During the year ended December 31, 2005 we had net revenues of $20.2 million, or 5.3%, of our total net revenues, attributable to those local marketing agreements.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments:

We have no unresolved written comments from the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 2. Properties:

We maintain our corporate headquarters in Providence, Rhode Island. Each of our stations has facilities consisting of offices, studios, sales offices and transmitter and tower sites. Transmitter and tower sites are located in areas that provide optimal coverage to each of our markets.

We own substantially all of the offices where our stations are located and generally own the property where our towers and primary transmitters are located. We lease the remaining properties, consisting primarily of sales office locations and microwave transmitter sites. While none of the

28

properties owned or leased by us are individually material to our operations, if we were required to relocate any of our towers, the cost could be significant because the number of sites in any geographic area that permit a tower of reasonable height to provide good coverage of the market is limited, and zoning and other land use restrictions, as well as Federal Aviation Administration and FCC regulations, limit the number of alternative sites or increase the cost of acquiring them for tower sites.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings:

We are involved in various claims and lawsuits that are generally incidental to our business. We are vigorously contesting all of these matters and believe that their ultimate resolution will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders:

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuers Purchases of Equity Securities:

The class A common stock of LIN TV Corp. is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TVL”. There is no established trading market for the class B common stock and the class C common stock of LIN TV Corp. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the class A common stock for the periods indicated, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

	High		Low
1st Quarter 2004	$	26.74	$	21.45
2nd Quarter 2004		24.30		19.78
3rd Quarter 2004		21.33		18.00
4th Quarter 2004		19.89		17.41
1st Quarter 2005		19.37		16.31
2nd Quarter 2005		17.12		13.88
3rd Quarter 2005		15.49		13.68
4th Quarter 2005		14.18		11.01

LIN TV Corp. has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its class A common stock and the terms of our indebtedness limit the payment of cash dividends. LIN TV Corp. does not anticipate paying any such dividends in the foreseeable future.

As of December 31, 2005, there were approximately 37 stockholders of record of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock, 21 stockholders of record of its class B common stock and two stockholders of record of its class C common stock.

The common stock of LIN Television Corporation has not been registered under the Securities Exchange Act and is not listed on any national securities exchange. All of the outstanding common stock of LIN Television Corporation is directly held by LIN TV Corp.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On August 17, 2005, our board of directors approved the repurchase by us of up to $200 million of our class A common stock (the “Program”). Share repurchases under the Program may be made

29

from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The Program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The following table provides information about purchases by us during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 of class A common stock that are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act under the Program.

							Approximate
					Total Number of		Dollar Value
					Shares Purchased		of Shares that May
	Total Number		Average		as Part of Publicly		Yet Be Purchased
	of Shares		Price Paid		Announced Plans		Under the Plans
Period	Purchased		per Share		or Programs		or Programs
							(In thousands)
October 1-30, 2005		—		—		—	$	200,000
November 1-30, 2005		100,128	$	13.01		100,128	$	198,697
December 1-31, 2005		268,600	$	12.93		268,600	$	195,225
Total		368,728	$	12.95		368,728	$	195,225

Item 6. Selected Financial Data:

Set forth below is selected consolidated financial data of LIN TV Corp. for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2005. The selected financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is derived from audited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this filing. The selected financial data as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 is derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not presented in this filing. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements of LIN TV Corp. and the notes thereto. The historical results presented are not necessarily indicative of future results.

The selected consolidated financial data of LIN Television Corporation is identical to that of LIN TV Corp. with the exception of basic and diluted loss per common share, which is not presented for LIN Television Corporation.

30

		Year Ended December 31,
		2005			2004			2003			2002			2001
		(In thousands)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues		$	380,384		$	376,719		$	344,239		$	345,631		$	272,195
Operating costs and expenses:
	Direct operating(1)		113,317			103,952			101,444			96,522			82,530
	Selling, general and administrative		107,548			95,553			88,876			78,745			64,630
	Amortization of program rights		28,108			25,310			24,441			20,566			21,847
	Corporate		21,252			18,586			16,216			13,417			8,436
	Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			32,311			31,890			28,266			65,925
	Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		33,421			—			51,665			—			—
Total operating costs and expenses			338,014			275,712			314,532			237,516			243,368
Operating income			42,370			101,007			29,707			108,115			28,827
Other (income) expense:
	Interest expense, net		47,041			45,761			59,490			92,644			93,696
	Share of (income) loss in equity investments		(2,543	)		(7,428	)		(478	)		(6,328	)		4,121
	Minority interest in Banks Broadcasting		(451	)		(454	)		—			—			—
	(Gain) loss on derivative instruments		(4,691	)		(15,227	)		(2,620	)		(5,552	)		5,552
	Gain on redemption of investment in Southwest Sports Group		—			—			—			(3,819	)		—
	Fee on termination of Hicks Muse agreements		—			—			—			16,000			—
	Loss on early extinguishment of debt		14,395			4,447			53,621			5,656			6,810
	Other, net		(5	)		1,951			1,050			3,098			996
Total other expense, net			53,746			29,050			111,063			101,699			111,175
(Loss) income from continuing operations before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			(11,376	)		71,957			(81,356	)		6,416			(82,348	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes			14,765			(19,031	)		9,229			25,501			(20,627	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			(26,141	)		90,988			(90,585	)		(19,085	)		(61,721	)
Discontinued operations:
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax			—			(44	)		17			(1,577	)		—
Loss (gain) from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax			—			1,284			(212	)		(982	)		—
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax			—			(3,290	)		—			30,689			—
Net (loss) income		$	(26,141	)	$	93,038		$	(90,390	)	$	(47,215	)	$	(61,721	)

(1)  Excluding depreciation of $32.4 million, $31.3 million, $30.7 million, $27.6 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

31

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003			2002			2001
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Basic (loss) income per common share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	(0.51	)	$	1.81		$	(1.81	)	$	(0.46	)	$	(2.40	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			—			0.04			—
(Loss) gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			(0.03	)		—			0.02			—
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—			0.07			—			(0.73	)		—
Net (loss) income		(0.51	)		1.85			(1.81	)		(1.13	)		(2.40	)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating basic (loss) income per common share		50,765			50,309			49,993			41,792			25,688
Diluted (loss) income per common share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	(0.51	)	$	1.60		$	(1.81	)	$	(0.46	)	$	(2.40	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			—			0.04			—
(Loss) gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			(0.02	)		—			0.02			—
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—			0.06			—			(0.73	)		—
Net (loss) income		(0.51	)		1.64			(1.81	)		(1.13	)		(2.40	)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating diluted (loss) income per common share		50,765			54,056			49,993			41,792			25,688
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	11,135		$	14,797		$	9,475		$	143,860		$	17,236
Intangible assets, net		1,931,981			1,649,240			1,673,430			1,711,312			1,592,463
Total assets		2,406,633			2,058,424			2,115,910			2,334,370			2,036,286
Total debt		981,714			632,841			700,367			864,520			1,056,223
Total stockholders’ equity		828,872			855,963			762,134			860,205			404,654
Cash Flow Data (Net cash provided by (used in)):
Operating activities	$	39,235		$	87,792		$	52,538		$	75,030		$	42,192
Investing activities		(358,860	)		(7,562	)		9,749			33,367			(56,376	)
Financing activities		315,963			(74,908	)		(196,672	)		18,227			23,588
Other Data:
Distributions from equity investments		4,953			7,948			7,540			6,405			6,583
Program payments		(29,033	)		(25,050	)		(23,029	)		(22,475	)		(22,386	)
Stock-based compensation		3,738			419			147			894			—

32

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This filing contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business, including statements under the captions “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.” All of these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions made by our management, which, although we believe to be reasonable, are inherently uncertain. Therefore, you should not place undue reliance upon such estimates and statements. We cannot assure you that any of such estimates or statements will be realized and it is likely that actual results will differ materially from those contemplated by such forward looking statements. Factors that may cause such differences include:

•  volatility and changes in our advertising revenues;

•  changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which we compete;

•  restrictions on our operations due to, and the effect of, our significant leverage;

•  increases in our cost of borrowings or inability or unavailability of additional debt or equity capital;

•  effects of complying with new accounting standards, including with respect to the treatment of our intangible assets and share-based compensation;

•  inability to consummate acquisitions on attractive terms;

•  increased competition, including from newer forms of entertainment and entertainment media or changes in the popularity or availability of programming;

•  increased costs, including increased capital expenditures as a result of necessary technological enhancements or acquisitions or increased programming costs;

•  effects of our control relationships, including the control that Hicks Muse and its affiliates have with respect to corporate transactions and activities we undertake; and

•  adverse state or federal legislation or regulation or adverse determinations by regulators including adverse changes in, or interpretations of, the exceptions to the FCC “duopoly” rule.

Many of these factors are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements, which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. For further information or other factors, which could affect our financial results and such forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors”.

33

Executive Summary

We are an owner and operator of 30 television stations in 18 mid-sized markets in the United States and Puerto Rico. Our operating revenues are derived from the sale of advertising time to local and national advertisers and, to a much lesser extent, from the networks for the broadcast of their programming and from other broadcast-related activities.

We recorded a net loss of $26.1 million and $90.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2003, respectively, compared to net income of $93.0 million in 2004. The following are some of our operating highlights for 2005 compared to 2004:

•  We acquired the following television stations in 2005:

DMA Rank		Market	Call Letters			Network
	25	Indianapolis, Indiana		WNDY-TV			UPN
	32	Columbus, Ohio		WWHO-TV			UPN
	46	Albuquerque, New Mexico		KRQE-TV			CBS
	62	Mobile, Alabama/ Pensacola, Florida		WALA-TV			FOX
				WBPG-TV	(1)		WB
	69	Green Bay, Wisconsin		WLUK-TV			FOX
	150	Terre Haute, Indiana		WTHI-TV			CBS

(1)  We operate this station through a local marketing agreement and we have a purchase agreement to acquire this station for $3.0 million subject to FCC regulatory approvals.

•  We increased our debt by $348.9 million primarily related to our acquisitions of stations as follows:

•  We entered into a new six-year credit facility with total borrowings of up to $550 million.

•  We issued $175 million aggregate principal amount of 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 for gross proceeds of $175 million.

•  We issued $190 million aggregate principal amount of 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B for gross proceeds of $175.3 million.

•  We repurchased or redeemed $166.4 million principal amount of our 8% Senior Notes due 2008.

•  We invested $3.1 million in USDTV, a video program subscription service that uses a portion of the local broadcast television spectrum to broadcast a multi-channel program service to viewers.

•  We started a share repurchase program of up to $200.0 million of our class A common stock and purchased $4.8 million or 368,728 shares as of December 31, 2005.

•  We implemented SFAS 123(R) on October 1, 2005 and recorded stock-based compensation expense of $3.7 million for year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $0.4 million in 2004.

•  We recorded an impairment of $33.4 million in the carrying value of goodwill for year ended December 31, 2005.

Industry Trends

The broadcast television industry is reliant primarily on advertising revenues and faces increased competition largely from new technologies. The following summarizes certain of the competitive forces and risks that may impact our future operating results. For a discussion of other factors that may affect our business, see “Risk Factors”.

34

•  On February 8, 2006, the President signed into law a measure requiring the FCC to auction off the remaining analog broadcasting spectrum by January 28, 2008 and requiring all analog broadcast transmissions to cease by February 17, 2009. The measure also provided for a subsidy to provide free digital converters to consumers with analog receivers who depend on over-the-air service and do not subscribe to cable or satellite service.

•  Networks are basing the negotiation of affiliation agreements renewals or extensions contingent upon a reduction or eventual elimination of network compensation payments and in certain contract extensions are requiring broadcast stations to pay compensation to the network. In addition, the UPN and WB Networks announced that they would cease operating as a network and would no longer provide programming after September 20, 2006. We believe that we have three options for these stations: (i) affiliate with the newly created CW television network, (ii) affiliate with the newly created My Network TV or (iii) operate as an independent station, unaffiliated with any network.

•  The number of national program services has increased the competition for national advertising dollars resulting in our advertising revenues shifting from national advertisers to local advertisers. We received 67% of our revenues from local advertisers in 2005 compared to 68% in 2002. We expect this trend to continue.

•  We no longer have exclusive rights to off-network programs for time periods where we do not air our local news or network programs. Many of these programs now air on national cable channels or can be purchased on DVDs or via downloads to computers and mobile video devices by our television audience. This causes a further fragmentation of our television audience making it more difficult to maintain or increase the rates we charge our advertisers.

•  Political revenues from elections and revenues from Olympic Games, which generally occur on the even years, continue to create fluctuations in our operating results on a year-to-year comparison. According to the Television Bureau of Advertising, (i) U.S. television advertising decreased 5.7% in 2005 due largely to the loss of political advertising; (ii) U.S. television advertising increased 10.3% in 2004 due largely to political advertising and the Olympic Games; and (iii) U.S. television advertising decreased 2.3% in 2003 due to the impact of the war in Iraq and the loss of political revenue.

•  We depend on automotive-related advertising that represented approximately 27%, 27% and 25% of our total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. A significant change in these advertising revenues could materially affect our future results of operations.

Business Transactions

We have developed our business through a combination of acquisitions, dispositions and organic growth. We have acquired the following businesses during 2005:

•  Emmis Station Acquisitions — On November 30, 2005, we acquired four network-affiliated television stations and a local marketing agreement to operate another network-affiliated station from Emmis Communications for $257.2 million in cash. The four acquired stations included: KRQE-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Albuquerque, New Mexico, plus regional satellite stations; WALA-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama/ Pensacola, Florida; WLUK-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Green Bay, Wisconsin and WTHI-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Terre Haute, Indiana. We have a local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV, the WB affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama / Pensacola, Florida and a purchase option for $3.0 million to acquire the station from Emmis upon FCC approval.

•  Viacom Station Acquisitions — On March 31, 2005, we acquired WNDY-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Indianapolis, Indiana, and WWHO-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Columbus, Ohio, from Viacom, Inc. for $85.0 million in cash.

35

During 2004 and 2003, we acquired, exchanged or disposed of the following businesses and assets:

				Type of		Transaction Price
Acquisition Date		Station/Business		Transaction		(in millions)
	5/14/2004		WEYI-TV		Disposition		$24.0 million
	5/6/2004		WTIN-TV		Acquisition		$4.9 million
	1/14/2004		WIRS-TV		Acquisition		$4.5 million
	6/13/2003		KRBC-TV and KACB-TV		Disposition		$10.0 million
	6/13/2003	700 MHz Spectrum (Channel 54-59) in various markets			Acquisition		$2.0 million

In 2004, we began operations of WAPA America, a new Spanish-language programming service for satellite and cable distribution in the United States. WAPA America receives its programming from our station in Puerto Rico and is distributed by our Springfield, Massachusetts television hub. WAPA America broadcasts current Puerto Rican news and entertainment shows as well as classic programming from WAPA’s prime time library.

Also in 2004, we began broadcasting MTV Puerto Rico on our second station in Puerto Rico. This program service is a joint program venture with MTV and targets a younger viewing audience that we believe is under-served by other television stations in the Puerto Rico market.

Subsequent Developments

UPN and WB Television Networks. On January 24, 2006, the UPN and WB networks announced they would cease operating as a network and would no longer provide programming after September 20, 2006. Seven of our stations are either UPN or WB network affiliates. These stations currently receive an average of two to three hours of daily programming from these networks and the revenue associated with these network-programmed time periods is less than 1.5% of the our consolidated net revenues. We believe that we have three options for these stations: (1) affiliate with the newly created CW television network, (2) affiliate with the newly created My Network TV or (3) operate as an independent station, unaffiliated with any network. We also believe that the dissolution of the WB and UPN networks will not have a material impact on our net revenues or operating income.

Critical accounting policies, estimates and recently issued accounting pronouncements

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to intangible assets, bad debts, program rights, income taxes, pensions, contingencies, share-based compensation and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of long-lived assets and intangible assets

We have significant goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet. If the fair value of these assets is less than the carrying value, we are required to record an impairment charge.

We test the impairment of our broadcast licenses annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired. The impairment test consists of a

36

comparison of the fair value of broadcast licenses with their carrying amount on a station-by-station basis using a discounted cash flow valuation method, assuming a hypothetical startup scenario that excludes network compensation payments.

We test the impairment of our goodwill annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of a station with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of a station is determined through the use of a discounted cash flow analysis. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the station and prevailing values in the markets for broadcasting properties. If the fair value of the station exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount of the station exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by performing an assumed purchase price allocation, using the station’s fair value (as determined in the first step described above) as the purchase price. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

We have completed our annual test for impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. As a result of these tests no additional impairment was required as of December 31, 2004 and an impairment of $33.4 million and $51.7 million was recorded as of December 31, 2005 and 2003, respectively. The assumptions used in the valuation testing have certain subjective components including anticipated future operating results and cash flows based on our business plans and overall expectations as to market and economic considerations.

Approximately $1.9 billion, or 80%, of our total assets as of December 31, 2005 consisted of unamortized intangible assets. Intangible assets principally include broadcast licenses and goodwill. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires, among other things, the impairment testing of goodwill. If at any point in the future the value of these intangible assets decreased, we could be required to incur an impairment charge that could significantly and adversely impact our reported results of operations and stockholders’ equity. Our class A common stock currently trades at a price that results in a market capitalization less than total stockholder’s equity as of December 31, 2005 and has done so since April 2005. If we were required to write down intangible assets in future periods, we would incur an impairment charge, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and the trading price of our class A common stock.

We based the valuation of broadcast licenses on the following basic assumptions for year ended December 31:

	2005		2004
Market revenue growth		1.1% to 6.1%		2.2% to 6.5%
Operating profit margins		28.0% to 39.9%		28.0% to 39.9%
Discount rate		8.0%		8.0%
Tax rate		34.0% to 39.0%		34.0% to 39.0%
Capitalization rate		1.5% to 3.0%		1.5% to 3.0%

If we were to decrease the market growth by one percent and by half of the projected growth rate, we would incur an impairment of our broadcast licenses of $40.0 million and $54.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If we were to decrease the operating margins by 5% and 10% of the projected operating margins, we would incur an impairment of our broadcast licenses of $102.0 million and $273.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If we were to increase the discount rate used in our valuation by 1% and 2%, we would incur an impairment of our broadcast licenses of $112.0 million and $242.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005.

37

We based the valuation of goodwill on the following basic assumptions for year ended December 31:

	2005		2004
Market revenue growth		1.1% to 6.1%		2.2% to 6.5%
Operating profit margins		28.0% to 46.7%		28.0% to 49.5%
Discount rate		8.0%		8.0%
Tax rate		34.0% to 39.9%		34.0% to 39.9%
Capitalization rate		1.5% to 3.0%		1.5% to 3.0%

If we were to decrease the market growth by one percent and by half of the projected growth rate, the carrying amount of our stations would exceed their fair value by $37.0 million and $45.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If we were to decrease the operating margins by 5% and 10% of the projected operating margins, the carrying amount of our stations would exceed their fair value by $70.0 million and $163.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If we were to increase the discount rate that it used in our valuation by 1% and 2%, the carrying amount of our stations would exceed their fair value by $86.0 million and $167.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. In addition, we would be required to complete the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill ($623.4 million at December 31, 2005). The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by a notional reperformance of the purchase price allocation using the station’s fair value as the purchase price. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

Network Affiliations

Different broadcast companies may use different assumptions in valuing acquired broadcast licenses and their related network affiliations than those that we use. These different assumptions may result in the use of different valuation methods that can result in significant variances in the amount of purchase price allocated to these assets between broadcast companies.

We believe that the value of a television station is derived primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license. These attributes have a significant impact on the audience for network programming in a local television market compared to the national viewing patterns of the same network programming. These attributes and their impact on audiences can include:

•  The scarcity of broadcast licenses assigned by the FCC to a particular market determines how many television networks and other program sources are viewed in a particular market.

•  The length of time the broadcast license has been broadcasting. Television stations that have been broadcasting since the late 1940s, generally channels two to thirteen, are viewed more often than newer television stations.

•  VHF stations, (generally channels two to thirteen) are typically viewed more often than UHF stations (generally channels fourteen to sixty-nine) because these stations have been broadcasting longer than UHF stations and because of the inferior UHF signal in the early years of UHF stations.

•  The quality of the broadcast signal and location of the broadcast station within a market (i.e. the value of being licensed in the smallest city within a tri-city market has less value than being licensed in the largest city within a tri-city market.)

•  The audience acceptance of the broadcast licensee’s local news programming and community involvement. A local television station’s news programming that attracts the largest audience in a market generally will provide a larger audience for its network programming.

38

•  The quality of the other non-network programming carried by the television station. A local television station’s syndication programming that attracts the largest audience in a market generally will provide larger audience lead-ins to its network programming.

A local television station can be the number one station in a market, regardless of the national ranking of its affiliated network, depending on the factors or attributes listed above. ABC, FOX, NBC, and CBS each have multiple affiliations with local television stations that have the largest prime time audience in the local market in which the station operates.

Other broadcasting companies believe that network affiliations are an important component of the value of a station. These companies believe that VHF stations are popular because they have been affiliating with networks from the inception of network broadcasts, stations with network affiliations have the most successful local news programming and the network affiliation relationship enhances the audience for local syndicated programming. As a result, these broadcasting companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation relationship.

If we were to assign higher values to our acquired network affiliation agreements and, therefore, less value to our broadcast licenses, it would have a significant impact on our operating results. The following chart reflects the hypothetical impact of the hypothetical reassignment of value from broadcast licenses to network affiliations and the resulting increase in amortization expense assuming a 15-year amortization period for the year ended December 31, 2005 (in thousands):

				Percentage of Total
				Value Reassigned to
				Network Affiliation
				Agreements
	As Reported			50%			25%
Balance Sheet (As of December 31, 2005):
Broadcast licenses	$	1,301,294		$	650,647		$	975,971
Other intangible assets, net (including network affiliation agreements)		630,687			1,151,205			890,946
Statement of Operations (For the year ended December 31, 2005):
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			77,744			56,056
Operating income (loss)		42,370			(1,006	)		20,682
Loss from continuing operations		(26,141	)		(54,336	)		(40,238	)
Net loss		(26,141	)		(54,336	)		(40,238	)
Net loss per diluted share	$	(0.51	)	$	(1.07	)	$	(0.79	)

We generally have acquired broadcast licenses in markets with a number of commercial television stations equal to or less than the number of television networks seeking affiliates. The methodology we used in connection with the valuation of the stations acquired is based on our evaluation of the broadcast licenses acquired and the characteristics of the markets in which they operated. We believed that in substantially all our markets it would be able to replace a network affiliation agreement with little or no economic loss to the television station. As a result of this assumption, we ascribed no incremental value to the incumbent network affiliation in substantially all our markets we operate in beyond the cost of negotiating a new agreement with another network and the value of any terms that were more favorable or unfavorable than those generally prevailing in the market. Other broadcasting companies have valued network affiliations on the basis that it is the affiliation and not the other attributes of the station, including its broadcast license, which contributes to the operating performance of that station. As a result, we believe that these broadcasting companies include in their network affiliation valuation amounts related to attributes that we believe are more appropriately reflected in the value of the broadcast license or goodwill.

Other broadcasting companies believe that network affiliations are an important component of the value of a station. These companies believe that VHF stations are popular because they have been affiliating with networks from the inception of network broadcasts, stations with network affiliations

39

have the most successful local news programming and the network affiliation relationship enhances the audience for local syndicated programming. As a result, these broadcasting companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation relationship. If we were to adopt this alternative method for valuing these network affiliations, the value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill as reported on our balance sheet would be reduced and the value of our other intangibles assets would be proportionately increased. As a result, our expenses relating to the depreciation and amortization of intangible assets could increase significantly as more value would be assigned to an amortizing asset and this increase could materially reduce our operating income and materially increase our net loss.

In future acquisitions, the valuation of the broadcast licenses and network affiliations may differ from those attributable to our existing stations due to different attributes of each station and the market in which it operates.

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. While we have considered future taxable income and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, in the event that we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period in which such a determination was made.

In the fourth quarter of 2004, we reversed our tax valuation allowance related to federal income taxes which resulted in a $50.1 million increase in our benefit from income taxes. We made the determination that it was more than likely that our deferred tax assets would be realized in the future based on the positive evidence of our historical performance over the last three years and on our projections of future results of operations. Lower interest rates compared to prior years and increased operating results from our acquisition of the stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis were key factors in our determination.

Revenue recognition

We recognize broadcast revenue during the financial statement period in which advertising is aired. Barter revenue is accounted for at the fair value of the assets or services received, or the advertising time surrendered, whichever is more clearly evident. Barter revenue is recorded at the time the advertising is broadcast, and barter expense is recorded at the time the assets or services are used. We recognized barter revenue in the amounts of $10.3 million, $10.1 million and $11.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We incurred barter expense in the amounts of $10.3 million, $9.9 million and $10.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

On October 1, 2005, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” and its related implementation guidance in accounting for stock-based employee compensation arrangements. This statement requires us to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards exchanged for employee services and recognize compensation cost based on this fair value over the requisite service period.

We estimate the fair value of stock awards using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and prior period pro forma disclosures of net earnings, including stock-based compensation as determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). The Black-Scholes model requires us to make assumptions and judgments about the variables to be assumed in the calculation (including the option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock) and the number of stock-

40

based awards that are expected to be forfeited. The expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the our historical exercise patterns. Price volatility is based on historical volatilities of our common stock and its expected forfeitures are estimated using our historical experience and of the common stock of peer group companies engaged in the broadcasting business. If actual results or future changes in estimates differ significantly from our current estimates, stock-based compensation expense and its results of operations could be materially impacted.

The following table presents the stock compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income and recognized in accordance with SFAS 123R for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 and the stock compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income and recognized in accordance with APB 25 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

				Based on the accounting rules under
				SFAS 123R			APB 25
				For the			For the
	For Year			Three Month			Nine-Month			For Year Ended
	Ended			Period Ended			Period Ended			December 31,
	December 31,			December 31,			September 30,
	2005			2005			2005			2004			2003
Direct operating	$	201		$	201		$	—		$	—		$	—
Selling, general and administrative		746			421			325			63			147
Corporate		2,791			1,244			1,547			356			—
Share-based compensation expense before tax		3,738			1,866			1,872			419			147
Income tax benefit		(1,308	)		(653	)		(655	)		(147	)		(51	)
Net stock-based compensation expense	$	2,430		$	1,213		$	1,217		$	272		$	96

During 2005, we evaluated our method of compensating our employees and decreased the number of share option awards compared to prior years and increased the number of restricted stock awards granted to employees. We expect stock-based compensation expense to increase significantly over the next two years and we have not yet recognized compensation expense relating to the unvested employee stock options and stock awards of $14.2 million in the aggregate that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately two years. We are electing the short-cut method to calculate the amount of our historical pool of windfall tax benefits as permitted under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Staff Position (FSP) No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards”.

Prior to October 1, 2005, we accounted for stock-based awards to employees using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recorded for options issued to employees in fixed amounts and with fixed exercise prices at least equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant in these periods. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” through disclosure only.

41

The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation (in thousands) in these periods:

				Year Ended
	Period for Nine			December 31,
	Months Ended
	September 30, 2005			2004			2003
Net income (loss), as reported	$	3,561		$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense, included in reported net income (loss), net of tax effect		1,106			216			88
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of tax effect		(1,287	)		(2,849	)		(3,005	)
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	3,380		$	90,405		$	(93,307	)
Basic net income (loss) per common share, as reported	$	0.07		$	1.85		$	(1.81	)
Basic net income (loss) per common share, pro forma		0.07			1.80			(1.87	)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share, as reported		0.07			1.64			(1.81	)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share, pro forma	$	0.07		$	1.59		$	(1.87	)

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions during period of nine months ended September 30, 2005 and year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively:

			Period for Nine
	Three Months		Months Ended		For Year Ended December 31,
	Ended		September 30,
	December 31, 2005		2005		2004		2003
Volatility		24%		24%		24%		30%
Risk-free interest rates		4.3 - 4.4%		3.7 - 3.8%		2.0 - 4.4%		1.5 - 3.25%
Weighted average expected life		4.5 years		3 - 6 years		3 - 10 years		2 - 5 years
Dividend yields		0%		0%		0%		0%

Amortization of program rights

We amortize program rights over the estimated broadcast period of the underlying programs. Program rights are analyzed by management on an ongoing basis through a review of ratings, program schedules and revenue projections, among other factors. If the projected future net revenues are less than the current carrying value of the program rights, we write-down the program rights to equal the amount of projected future net revenues. Our total program rights were $33.3 million and $29.5 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Retirement Plan Actuarial Assumptions

Our retirement benefit obligations and related costs are calculated using actuarial concepts, within the framework of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 Employer’s Accounting for Pensions (“SFAS No. 87”). Two critical assumptions, the discount rate and the expected return on plan assets, are important elements of expense and/or liability measurement. We evaluate these critical assumptions annually. Other assumptions involve employee demographic factors such as retirement patterns, mortality, turnover and the rate of compensation increase.

We have a number of noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans covering certain of our employees in the United States and Puerto Rico. Contributions are based on period actuarial valuations and are charged to operations on a systematic basis over the expected average remaining service lives of current employees. The net pension expense is assessed in accordance

42

with the advice of professionally qualified actuaries. The benefits under the defined benefit plans are based on years of service and compensation.

The selection of the assumptions used to determine pension expense or income involves significant judgment. Our long-term return on asset (ROA) and discount rate assumptions are considered the key variables in determining pension expense or income. To develop the long-term ROA assumption, we considered the current level of expected returns on risk-free investments, the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which we invested pension plan assets, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based upon an asset allocation within our policy allocation ranges to develop the long-term ROA assumption. The policy asset allocation ranges are between 60% and 70% equities and between 30% and 40% debt securities. The long-term ROA assumption for our pension plans in 2006 is 8.25%, unchanged from 2005 and 2004. The actual ROA was 4.05% and 9.87% for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The discount rate assumption was determined by selecting a rate that would reflect the weighted rate on a theoretical high quality bond portfolio that would closely match the various durations of our pension liability duration. Our plan has an average duration consistent with a typical, ongoing pension plan. Accordingly, we look to the Moody’s Aa rate as an appropriate benchmark. The discount rate assumption for our pension plans in 2006 is 5.50%, compared to the discount rate of 5.50% and 5.75% for 2005 and 2004, respectively. Our pension expense is expected to be approximately $3.6 million in 2006. For every 2.5% that the actual pension plan asset return exceeds or is less than the long-term ROA assumption for 2006, our pension expense for 2006 would change by approximately $0.1 million. An increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate assumption for 2006 would increase or decrease our pension expense for 2006 by approximately $0.3 million.

We do not currently have minimum funding requirements, as set forth in ERISA and federal tax laws. We contributed $0.9 million and $4.7 million to the retirement plans in 2005 and 2004, respectively. We anticipate contributing approximately $1.6 million to the retirement plans in 2006.

In addition, we have $2.9 million of pension deferred actuarial losses resulting from changes in discount rates, differences between actual and assumed asset returns and differences between actual and assumed demographic experience (actual earnings, rates of turnover and retirement). These losses are amortized and included in future pension and retiree medical expense over the average employee service period of approximately five years. Although they are included in the liabilities disclosed in Note 11 — Retirement Plans, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, they have not yet been reflected on our balance sheet.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”), which was to be effective for reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2005. In April 2005, the FASB announced that the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R), had been delayed until the first quarter of 2006. SFAS No. 123(R) requires us to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for our equity instruments. Prior to October 1, 2005, in accordance with APB Opinion 25, we recorded the intrinsic value of stock based compensation as expense. Accordingly, no compensation expense, except for modifications of stock grants, was recognized for stock option plans as the exercise price equaled the stock price on the date of grant. Under SFAS No. 123(R), we are required to measure compensation expense over the vesting period of the options based on the fair value of the stock options at the date the options are granted. As allowed by SFAS No. 123(R), we elected to use the Black-Scholes method of valuing options and the modified prospective application, which applies SFAS No. 123(R) to new awards and modified awards after the effective date, and to any unvested awards as service is rendered on or after the effective date. We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective October 1, 2005 and recorded compensation expense of approximately $1.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2005.

43

In March 2005, the SEC staff issued a staff accounting bulletin (“SAB 107”) which expresses the views of the staff regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R) and certain SEC rules and regulations and provides the staff’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. In particular, SAB 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, the transition from nonpublic to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in an interim period, capitalization of compensation cost related to share-based payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the modification of employee share options prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and disclosures in Management’s Discussion and Analysis subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

In March 2005, the FASB issued FIN No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143”, which is effective for all reporting periods ending after December 15, 2005. FIN 47 requires that an entity shall recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated, rather than when the obligation is incurred, generally upon acquisition, construction, or development and/or through the normal operation of the asset as required by SFAS No. 143. An asset retirement obligation would be reasonably estimable if (a) it is evident that the fair value of the obligation is embodied in the acquisition price of the asset, (b) an active market exists for the transfer of the obligation, or (c) sufficient information exists to apply an expected present value technique. The provisions of FIN 47 are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections — a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3” (“SFAS 154”), which is effective for changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle unless it is impracticable to determine the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. The provisions of SFAS 154 are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2005, the FASB issued guidance on SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” as amended (“SFAS 133”) in Derivative Implementation Group (“DIG”) Issue B38, “Embedded Derivatives: Evaluation of Net Settlement with Respect to the Settlement of a Debt Instrument through Exercise of an Embedded Put Option or Call Option” (“DIG Issue B38”) and Issue B39, “Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Call Options That Are Exercisable Only by the Debtor” (“DIG Issue B39”). The guidance in DIG Issue B38 clarifies that the potential settlement of a debtor’s obligation to a creditor that would occur upon exercise of a put or call option meets the net settlement criteria of SFAS No. 133. The guidance in DIG Issue B39 clarifies that an embedded call option that can accelerate the settlement of a debt host financial instrument should not be bifurcated and fair valued if the right to accelerate the settlement can be exercised only by the debtor (issuer/borrower), it is underlying interest rate indexed and the investor will recover substantially all of its initial net investment. We have adopted the DIG issues effective April 1, 2005 and neither DIG issues had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

44

Results of Operations

Set forth below are the significant factors that contributed to our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. Our results of operations from year to year are significantly affected by the impact of our acquisition of television stations from Viacom and Emmis in 2005 and the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting in accordance with FIN 46R effective March 31, 2004. As a result, our future reported financial results may not be comparable to the historical financial information and comparisons of any years may not be indicative of future financial performance. Our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

			Year Ended December 31,
			2005			2005 vs 2004			2004			2004 vs 2003			2003
			(Numbers are in thousands)
Local time sales			$	280,449			7	%	$	262,734			6	%	$	246,832
National time sales				133,091			6	%		125,243			0	%		125,357
Political time sales				4,898			(82	)%		27,360			510	%		4,485
Agency commissions				(66,900	)		(3	)%		(69,224	)		10	%		(62,818	)
Network compensation				10,454			(15	)%		12,368			(3	)%		12,700
Barter revenue				10,286			1	%		10,143			(9	)%		11,132
Other revenue				8,106			0	%		8,095			24	%		6,551
		Net revenues		380,384			1	%		376,719			9	%		344,239
Operating costs and expenses:
	Direct operating (excluding depreciation of $32.4 million, $31.3 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively)			113,317			9	%		103,952			2	%		101,444
	Selling, general and administrative			107,548			13	%		95,553			8	%		88,876
	Amortization of program rights			28,108			11	%		25,310			4	%		24,441
	Corporate			21,252			14	%		18,586			15	%		16,216
	Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets			34,368			6	%		32,311			1	%		31,890
	Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively			33,421			—			—			—			51,665
Total operating costs and expenses				338,014			23	%		275,712			(12	)%		314,532
Operating income			$	42,370			(58	)%	$	101,007			240	%	$	29,707

Three-Year Comparison

Net Revenues

Net revenues consist primarily of national and local airtime sales, net of sales adjustments and agency commissions. Additional, but less significant, amounts are generated from network compensation, Internet revenues, barter revenues, production revenues, tower rental income and carriage or retransmission agreements.

Net revenue increased 1% or $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was due primarily to: (a) a decrease in political revenue of $22.5 million, (b) an increase of net revenue related to the stations acquired from Emmis and Viacom of $20.7 million, (c) a decrease in national time sales of $0.4 million, (d) an increase local time sales of $3.1 million, (e) a decrease in network compensation of $2.0 million and (f) decrease in sales-related agency commissions of $5.5 million.

45

Net revenues increased 9% or $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior year, which was driven by increased political and local revenue. Political revenue increased $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior year as a result of the 2004 presidential election cycle. We expect political revenue to increase substantially in 2006, an election year.

Local airtime sales for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased 7% over the prior year to $280.4 million. Local airtime sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased 6% over the prior year to $262.7 million. We operate the number one or number two local news station in 78% of our markets and generated 34% of our advertising revenues from local news sales in 2005 and 2004. Local advertising revenue has become increasingly important to our industry and is typically a more stable source of revenue than national time sales.

Net revenue attributable to Banks Broadcasting, which was consolidated in accordance with FIN 46R effective March 31, 2004, was $5.7 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Operating Costs and Expenses

Direct operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets), consisting primarily of news, engineering, programming and music licensing costs, increased $9.4 million or 9% for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year due to $3.6 million related to the stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis, $2.1 million in employee compensation, $1.7 million in first full-year operations of WAPA America and MTV Puerto Rico and $1.5 million in utility costs related to the digital transmission facilities.

Direct operating expenses increased $2.5 million or 2% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily due to increased expenses of $1.0 million attributable to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting and salary increases.

Selling, general and administrative expenses, consisting primarily of employee salaries, sales commissions and other employee benefit costs, advertising and promotional expenses, increased $12.0 million or 13% for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year due to $5.5 million related to the stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis, $1.7 million in employee compensation, $1.9 million in employee benefit costs, $0.6 million in stock-based compensation, $0.8 million in barter expenses, $0.8 million in bad debt expenses and other general increases.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $6.7 million or 8% for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the prior year. The increase was driven primarily by $2.1 million of expenses attributable to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting, a $1.6 million increase in local sales commissions due to the increase in local airtime sales and a $1.0 million increase in employee compensation expense.

Selling expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 7.0%, 6.5% and 6.5% for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Amortization of program rights represents costs associated with the acquisition of syndicated programming, features and specials, increased $2.8 million or 11% for the year ended December 31, 2005 due primarily to an increase of $3.9 million related to the stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis offset by $1.0 million in general decreases in the amortization costs of existing stations.

Amortization of program rights increased $0.9 million or 4% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily due to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting.

Corporate expenses, related to costs associated with the centralized management of our stations, increased $2.7 million or 14% for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year due primarily to an increase of $2.2 million in stock-based compensation expense as a result of the

46

adoption of SFAS 123(R) on October 1, 2005 and $0.4 million in due diligence costs related to the evaluation of strategic transactions.

Corporate expenses increased $2.4 million or 15% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior year. Of the $2.4 million increase, $0.6 million is attributable to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting. The remaining increase is primarily due to severance costs of $0.9 million related to the departure of a company executive and an increase in audit fees of $0.7 million related to corporate governance and related compliance activities.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets increased $2.1 million or 6% for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year due to an increase of $4.2 million related to the stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis, offset by $2.1 million related to general decreases in the depreciation costs of existing stations.

Depreciation and amortization of intangibles was relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior year.

We completed our annual impairment test for goodwill and broadcast licenses and recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $33.4 million and $51.7 million reflected in operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2003, respectively. This charge reflects the write-down of goodwill in 2005 based on the discounted cash flow forecast of one of our stations. Certain broadcast licenses were written down in 2003 based on a discounted cash flow forecast that uses industry averages to determine the fair value of broadcast licenses. The impairment to goodwill was the result of a decline in the operating profit margin of one of our stations due to low market growth and increased operating costs. The decrease in fair value of the broadcast licenses was the result of the decline in the advertising market during 2001 and 2003, which decreased industry operating margins (please refer to Note 6 — Intangible Assets, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our impairments.)

Other (Income) Expense

The following table summarizes our total net interest expense:

			Year Ended December 31,
			2005			2004			2003
Components of interest expense
	Credit Facility		$	10,169		$	9,623		$	8,680
	$300,000, 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes			—			—			12,515
	$375,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes			24,408			13,541			8,703
	$190,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B			3,709			—			—
	$125,000, 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures			7,533			7,556			4,832
	$166,440, 8% Senior Notes			1,501			15,459			18,683
	$276,000, 10% Senior Discount Notes			—			—			4,973
	$100,000, 10% Senior Discount Notes			—			—			2,119
	Interest income and other interest costs			(279	)		(418	)		(1,015	)
		Total interest expense, net	$	47,041		$	45,761		$	59,490

Net Interest expense increased $1.3 million or 3% for year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year due to increased borrowings related to the Viacom and Emmis station acquisitions. Net interest expense decreased $13.7 million or 23% for the year ended December 31, 2004 when compared to the prior year, due to lower outstanding borrowings and lower average interest rates.

Share of income in equity investments decreased $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year due to the impairment of the broadcast license for the WAND (TV)

47

Partnership and the lower operating results for the WAND (TV) Partnership and the joint venture with NBC. Share of income in equity investments increased to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily the result of improved operating performance of the stations included in our joint venture with NBC and the WAND (TV) Partnership.

Gain on derivative instruments, derived from the mark-to-market adjustment of the carrying value of such instruments on our balance sheet, decreased $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the gain from the prior year due to fluctuations in market interest rates. The gain on derivative instruments increased to $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $2.6 million for the prior year due to fluctuations in market interest rates. The derivative instruments during 2004 and 2003 consisted of the embedded derivatives within our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures. Derivative instruments in 2005 consisted of the embedded derivatives within our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures and our interest rate swap arrangement.

Other items

We recorded a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $14.4 million, $4.4 million and $53.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The 2005 loss related to the write-off of unamortized financing fees, discounts and associated costs in connection with the early extinguishment of $166.4 million of 8% Senior Notes due 2008 and unamortized financing fees related to our credit facilities. The 2004 loss is related to the write-off of unamortized financing fees, discounts and associated costs in connection with the early extinguishment of $38.6 million of 8% Senior Notes due 2008. The 2003 loss is related to the write-off of unamortized financing fees, discounts and associated costs in connection with the early redemption of all of our 10% Senior Discount Notes and 8³/8% Senior Subordinated Notes and the repurchase of $5.0 million principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes due 2008.

Income Taxes

We recorded a provision for income tax of $14.8 million for the year ended in December 31, 2005 based on a negative effective income tax rate of 110.5%. The increase to the effective income tax rate was primarily a result of recording an impairment loss of $33.4 million for year ended December 31, 2005 to reflect the write-down of goodwill. Our benefit from income taxes increased to $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from a provision of $9.2 million for the prior year. In 2004, based on all available evidence, we determined that a substantial portion of our deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result of this determination, our 2004 income tax benefit included the benefit of $50.1 million from the reduction of the valuation allowance. This was offset by an increased tax provision related to recording increased income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of funds for working capital have historically been cash from operations and borrowings under our credit facility. At December 31, 2005, we had cash of $11.1 million and an undrawn, but committed, $234.0 million revolving credit facility, all of which was available as of December 31, 2005, subject to certain covenant restrictions.

48

Contractual Obligations

	2006		2007-2009		2010-2011		Thereafter		Total
Principal payments and mandatory redemptions on debt(1)	$	—	$	92,813	$	223,187	$	690,000	$	1,006,000
Cash interest on debt(2)		58,849		163,536		94,647		118,346		435,378
Program payments(3)		31,211		59,245		15,758		4,211		110,425
Operating leases(4)		1,471		2,790		1,288		9,066		14,615
Local marketing agreement payments(5)		319		423		—		—		742
Acquisitions of broadcast licenses and operating assets(6)		912		3,000		—		—		3,912
Total	$	92,762	$	321,807	$	334,880	$	821,623	$	1,571,072

(1)	We are obligated to repay our credit facility on November 4, 2011, each of our 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and 61/2 Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B on May 15, 2013 and our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures in May 1, 2033. However, the holders of our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures can require us to purchase all or a portion of the debentures on each of May 15, 2008, 2013, 2018, 2023 and 2028.
(2)	We have contractual obligations to pay cash interest on our credit facility, as well as commitment fees of approximately 0.50% on our revolving credit facility through 2011, and on each of our 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes through 2013, our 61/2 Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B through 2013 and our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debenture through 2033. We are obligated to pay contingent interest to holders of our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures during any six-month period commencing May 15, 2008, if the average trading price of the debentures for a five trading day measurement period immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month period equals 120% or more of the principal amount of the debentures. The contingent interest to be paid would equal 0.25% per annum per $1,000 principal amount of debentures.
(3)	We have entered into commitments for future syndicated news, entertainment, and sports programming. We have recorded $37.7 million of program obligations as of December 31, 2005 and have unrecorded commitments of $72.7 million for programming that is not available to air as of December 31, 2005.
(4)	We lease land, buildings, vehicles and equipment under non-cancelable operating lease agreements.
(5)	We have entered local marketing agreements to operate KNVA-TV, WNAC-TV and WBPG-TV for a fixed amount totaling $0.7 million as of December 31, 2005.
(6)	We have entered into option agreements that would enable us to purchase KNVA-TV and WNAC-TV for a fixed amount under certain conditions in which we are committed to pay minimum future fees totaling $0.9 million as of December 31, 2005. We have also entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquired WBPG-TV for $3.0 million pending FCC regulatory approval.

The following table sets forth the components of our net cash provided by operating activities (in thousands):

		Year Ended December 31,
		2005			2004			2003
		(In thousands)
Cash collected from customers		$	335,994		$	347,396		$	313,863
Network compensation payments received			10,444			10,496			11,156
Cash received from other revenue			8,105			8,754			8,112
Cash paid for employee compensation and benefits			(137,906	)		(128,378	)		(131,088	)
Cash paid for program payments			(29,033	)		(25,050	)		(23,029	)
Cash paid for program buy-downs			(21,420	)		—			—
Cash paid for interest			(40,289	)		(39,885	)		(52,722	)
Cash paid for taxes			(1,638	)		(5,621	)		(5,758	)
Cash paid for all other operating expenses			(85,018	)		(79,920	)		(67,996	)
	Net cash provided by operating activities	$	39,235		$	87,792		$	52,538

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $48.6 million to $39.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $87.8 million for the prior year. This decrease was the result

49

of a decrease of cash collected from customers of $11.4 million, an increase in cash paid to employees of $9.5 million, program buy-downs of $21.4 million, and cash paid to fund other operating expenses of $5.1 million. Net cash provided by operating activities increased $35.3 million to $87.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $52.5 million for the prior year. This increase is the result of an increase in cash collected from customers of $33.5 million, which is the result of increased net revenue; a decrease in cash paid for interest of $12.8 million, resulting from lower average borrowing levels and interest rates during 2004; and a decrease in cash paid for all other operating expenses of $11.9 million related to the timing of certain operating expenses.

Net cash used in investing activities was $358.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily due to the $342.2 million related to the acquisition of television stations from Viacom and Emmis. Net cash used in investing activities was $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $9.7 million for the prior year. This change was primarily the result of the liquidation of our short-term investments during 2003.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $316.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily due to the refinancing of existing debt and increased new borrowings related to the acquisition of the Viacom and Emmis stations. Net cash used in financing activities decreased $121.8 million to $74.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $196.7 million for the prior year. The decrease from 2003 was the result of our retirement of $376.0 million aggregate principle amount of 10% Senior Discount Notes and 10% Senior Discount Add-On Notes during 2003. This debt retirement was funded by proceeds from the $175.0 million term loan entered into during 2003, a $75.0 million drawdown on our existing revolving credit facility and cash on hand.

Based on the current level of our operations and anticipated future growth, both internally generated as well as through acquisitions, we believe that our cash flows from operations, together with available borrowings under credit facilities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, interest payments and scheduled principal payments for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Description of Indebtedness

The following is a summary of our outstanding indebtedness as of (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2005		2004
Credit Facility	$	316,000	$	158,500
$166,440 8% Senior Notes due 2008 (net of discount of $2,884)(1)		—		163,556
$375,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013(2)		375,000		200,000
$190,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B (net of discount of $14,283 at December 31, 2005)(3)		175,717		—
$125,000, 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2033 (net of discount of $10,003 and $14,215 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively)		114,997		110,785
Total debt		981,714		632,841
Less current portion		—		6,573
Total long-term debt	$	981,714	$	626,268

(1)	We repurchased and redeemed all of our 8% Senior Notes in the first quarter of 2005.
(2)	We issued an additional $175.0 million principal amount of 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes in the first quarter of 2005.
(3)	We issued $190 million principal amount of 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B in the third quarter of 2005 for net proceeds of approximately $175.3 million.

50

The following table is a summary of interest expense that is recorded during the period, which is paid in cash during the period or subsequent periods, and the interest expense related to amortization of discounts and deferred financing fees (in thousands):

		Year Ended December 31,
		2005			2004			2003
Components of interest expense:
	Credit Facility	$	9,424		$	8,033		$	7,194
	$166,440 8% Senior Notes		1,356			13,883			16,783
	$375,000 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes		23,491			13,040			8,393
	$190,000 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B		3,121			—			—
	$125,000 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures		3,177			3,201			2,110
	$276,000 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes		—			—			11,448
	$325,000 10% Senior Discount Notes		—			—			330
	$100,000 10% Senior Discount Notes		—			—			194
	Other		(279	)		(418	)		(1,015	)
	Interest expense before amortization of discounts and deferred financing fees		40,290			37,739			45,437
Amortization of discounts and deferred financing fees			6,751			8,022			14,053
	Total interest expense	$	47,041		$	45,761		$	59,490

The following table summarizes the material terms of our debt agreements:

Credit Facility

	Revolving Facility		Term Loans
Final maturity date		11/4/2011		11/4/2011
Balance at December 31, 2005	$	41,000	$	275,000
Unused balance at December 31, 2005		234,000		—
Average rates for year ended December 31, 2005:
Adjusted LIBOR		1.10% to 4.32%		1.10% to 4.32%
Applicable margin		0.75% to 2.25%		0.75% to 2.25%
Interest rate		2.88% to 5.57%		2.88% to 5.57%

The revolving credit facility may be used for general corporate purposes, acquisitions of certain assets including share repurchases. The credit facility permits us to prepay loans and to permanently reduce revolving credit commitments, in whole or in part, at any time. We are required to make mandatory payments of our terms loans in the amount of $10.3 million per quarter starting December 31, 2007 and additional payments based on certain debt transactions or the disposal of certain assets.

The credit facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness or amend other debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted by it, make capital expenditures, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. We are required, under the terms of the credit facility, to comply with specified financial ratios, including minimum interest coverage ratio and maximum leverage ratios. At December 31, 2005, we were in compliance with the covenants under our credit facility.

51

The credit facility also contain provisions that prohibit any modification of the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes in any manner adverse to the lenders and that limits our ability to refinance or otherwise prepay our senior subordinated notes without the consent of such lenders.

6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures

					2.50%
			61/2% Senior		Exchangeable
	61/2% Senior		Subordinated Notes		Senior Subordinated
	Subordinated Notes		— Class B		Debentures
Final maturity date		5/15/2013		5/15/2013		5/15/2033(1)
Annual interest rate		6.5%		6.5%		2.5%
Payable semi-annually in arrears		May 15th		May 15th		May 15th
		November 15th		November 15th		November 15th

(1)  The holders of our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures can require us to repurchase all or a portion of the debentures on each of May 15, 2008, 2013, 2018, 2023 and 2028.

The 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and are subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness including our credit facility.

The indentures governing the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures contain covenants limiting, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness and issuance of capital stock; layering of indebtedness; the payment of dividends on, and redemption of, our capital stock; liens; mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of our assets; asset sales; asset swaps; dividend and other payment restrictions affecting restricted subsidiaries; and transactions with affiliates. The indentures also have change of control provisions which may require us to purchase all or a portion of our 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and our 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest.

The 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B have certain limitations and financial penalties for early redemption of the notes. The 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures have a contingent interest feature that could require us to pay contingent interest at the rate of 0.25% per annum commencing with the six-month period beginning May 15, 2008 if the average trading price of the debentures for a five-day measurement period preceding the beginning of the applicable six-month period equals 120% or more of the principal amount. The debentures also have certain exchange rights where the holder may exchange each debenture for a number of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock based on certain conditions.

Prior to May 15, 2008, the exchange rate will be determined as follows:

•  If the applicable stock price is less than or equal to the base exchange price, the exchange rate will be the base exchange rate; and

•  If the applicable stock price is greater than the base exchange price, the exchange rate will be determined in accordance with the following formula; provided, however, in no event will the exchange rate exceed 46.2748, subject to the same proportional adjustment as the base exchange rate: The Base Exchange Rate plus the Applicable Stock Price less the Base Exchange Price divided by the Applicable Stock Price multiplied by the Incremental Share Factor

On May 15, 2008, the exchange rate will be fixed at the exchange rate then in effect.

52

The “base exchange rate” is 26.8240, subject to adjustment, and the “base exchange price” is a dollar amount (initially $37.28) derived by dividing the principal amount per debenture by the base exchange rate. The “incremental share factor” is 23.6051, subject to the same proportional adjustment as the base exchange rate. The “applicable stock price” is equal to the average of the closing sale prices of LIN TV Corp.’s common stock over the five trading-day period starting the third trading day following the exchange date of the debentures.

Repayment of Principal

The following table summarizes future principal repayments on our debt agreements:

											2.50%
			Credit						61/2% Senior		Exchangeable
			Facilities		Credit		61/2% Senior		Subordinated		Senior
			(Revolving		Facilities		Subordinated		Notes —		Subordinated
			Facility)		(Term Loans)		Notes		Class B		Debentures			Total
Final maturity date				11/4/2011		11/4/2011		5/15/2013		5/15/2013		5/15/2033	(1)
	2005		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—
	2006			—		—		—		—		—			—
	2007			—		10,313		—		—		—			10,313
	2008			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	2009			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	2010			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	Thereafter			41,000		140,937		375,000		190,000		125,000			871,937
		Total	$	41,000	$	275,000	$	375,000	$	190,000	$	125,000		$	1,006,000

(1)  The holders of our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures can require us to repurchase all or a portion of the debentures on each of May 15, 2008, 2013, 2018, 2023 and 2028.

We used the proceeds from the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes issued in January 2005 to repay $166.4 million of our 8% Senior Notes. We used net proceeds of $175.3 million from the issuance of our 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B to repay amounts outstanding under our credit facility. We used borrowings under the credit facility of $316.0 million and cash on hand of $26.2 million to acquire television stations from Viacom and Emmis.

We paid $73.6 million on the principal amount of our debt in 2004 compared with $22.0 million in 2003. The $73.6 million in 2004 included a $22.0 million payment on the principal balance on our revolving credit facility, $7.0 million in mandatory payments on our term loans plus an additional $6.0 million on the principal balance on our term loans, and $38.6 million to retire a portion of our 8% Senior Notes. The $22.0 million in 2003 represented a payment on the principal balance of the revolving credit facility and $5.0 million to retire a portion of our 8% Senior Notes.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

GECC Note

We have a guarantee of a note associated with our joint venture with NBC. We have guaranteed General Electric Capital Corporation’s $815.5 million 25-year non-amortizing senior secured note bearing an initial interest rate of 8.0% per annum until March 2, 2013 and 9% per annum thereafter that was assumed by the NBC joint venture in 1998. The guarantee would require us to pay any shortfall after the assets of the joint venture were liquidated in the case of a default. The cash flow generated by the joint venture has serviced the interest on the note and operational requirements of the joint venture since 1998 and has generated an average of $32.6 million in cash distributions over the last three years. We believe the fair value of the underlying assets of the joint venture is in excess of the carrying values of its assets or the GECC note.

53

Future Program Rights Agreements

We account for program rights and obligations in accordance with SFAS No. 63, “Financial Reporting by Broadcasters” (“SFAS 63”), which requires us to record a program rights agreements on the first broadcast date of the program. We have commitments for future program rights agreements not recorded on our balance sheet at December 31, 2005 of $72.7 million.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates principally with respect to our credit facility, which is priced based on certain variable interest rate alternatives. There was approximately $316 million outstanding as of December 31, 2005 under our credit facility.

As of December 31, 2005, we were party to an interest rate swap agreement, not designated as a hedging instrument under SFAS No. 133, in the notional amount of $100 million to manage exposure to interest rate risk associated with the variable rate portion of our credit facility.

Accordingly, we are exposed to potential losses related to increases in interest rates. A hypothetical one percent increase in the floating rate used as the basis for the interest charged on the credit facility as of December 31, 2005 would result in an estimated $2.1 million increase in annualized interest expense assuming a constant balance outstanding of $316 million less the $100 million covered with the interest rate swap agreement.

Our 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures have certain embedded derivative features that are required to be separately identified and recorded at fair value with a mark-to-market adjustment required each quarter. The value of these features on issuance of the debentures was $21.1 million and this amount was recorded as an original issue discount and is being accreted through interest expense over the period to May 2008. The derivative features are recorded at fair market value in the line item “other liabilities”.

We have recorded a gain on derivative instruments in connection with the mark-to-market of these derivative features of $4.7 million, $15.2 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

We are also exposed to market risk related to changes in the interest rates through our investing activities and our floating rate credit arrangements. With respect to borrowings, our ability to finance future acquisition transactions may be impacted if we are unable to obtain appropriate financing at acceptable rates.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See index on page F-1.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure:

There are no changes in or disagreements with our accountants on any accounting or financial disclosure.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures:

a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures:

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in

54

the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policy or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission. Our assessment excluded the following stations which were acquired on November 29, 2005: KRQE-TV, WALA-TV, WLUK-TV, WTHI-TV and the local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV. The total assets and net revenues of the stations acquired represents 11% and 2%, respectively, of our consolidated total assets and net revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.

Our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

c) Changes in internal controls. There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 that have materially affected or are reasonable likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.     Other Information:

On March 16, 2006, LIN Television Corporation entered into a supplemental indenture among LIN Television, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee, to the indenture, dated as of May 12, 2003, among LIN Television, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of March 10, 2005), relating to LIN Television’s 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. On March 16, 2006, LIN Television Corporation also entered into a supplemental indenture among LIN Television, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee, to the indenture, dated as of May 12, 2003, among LIN Television, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of March 10, 2005), relating to LIN Television’s 2.50% Senior Subordinated Debentures. Each of the supplemental indentures was entered into in order to add certain wholly owned subsidiaries of LIN TV Corp. as additional guarantors to each indenture described above.

55

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant:

The response to this item is contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “Directors and Executive Officers”, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 11. Executive Compensation:

The response to this item is contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “Summary Compensation Table”, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters:

The response to this item is contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about the securities authorized for issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including our 1998 Phantom Stock Plan, 1998 Stock Plan, Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan, Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan and Sunrise Stock Plan, as of December 31, 2005:

	Number of				Number of
	securities to be				securities remaining
	issued upon		Weighted-average		available for future
	exercise of		exercise price of		issuance under the
	outstanding options		outstanding options		stock-based
	warrants and rights		warrants and rights		compensation plans
Plan category	(1)		(2)		(3)
Stock-based compensation plans approved by security holders		1,096,742	$	11.24		4,914,000
Stock-based compensation plans not approved by security holders		—		—		—

(1)	Includes 186,526 phantom stock units outstanding under our 1998 Phantom Stock Plan, the value of which may be paid in cash, shares of our class A common stock or both. As a result of the merger with Sunrise Television Corp in 2002, we assumed options to purchase 3,018 shares of class A common stock, with an exercise price of $13.33.
(2)	The 186,526 phantom units outstanding under the 1998 Phantom Stock Plan were issued without payment of consideration by the recipients.
(3)	Includes 4,578,000 shares available for future issuance under the 2002 Stock Plan, excluding 1,181,000 shares available for future issuance under the 1998 Stock Plan, which we do not intend to re-grant and consider unavailable for future grant, and 336,000 shares available for future issuance under the 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan. Both the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan and the Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan, in addition to the future grant of stock options, permit the grant of “stock awards”, which awards may take the form of restricted or unrestricted stock, with or without payment for such stock awards.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions:

The response to this item is contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, which is incorporated by reference herein.

56

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The response to this item is contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Other Matters, which is incorporated by reference herein.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

(a) See Index to Financial Statements on page F-1.

(b) Exhibits.

No.			Description
	3	.1	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LIN TV Corp., as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed as of August 9, 2004 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	3	.2	Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of LIN TV Corp., as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed as of August 9, 2004 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	3	.3	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LIN Television Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of LIN TV Corp. and LIN Television Corporation for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2003 (File No. 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	3	.4	Restated By-laws of LIN Television Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of LIN Television Corporation and LIN Holding Corp. (Registration No. 333-54003) and incorporated by reference herein)
	4	.1	Specimen of stock certificate representing LIN TV Corp. Class A Common stock, par value $.01 per share (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to LIN TV Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-83068) and incorporated by reference herein)
	4	.2	Indenture, dated as of May 12, 2003, among LIN Television Corporation, the guarantors named therein and the Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of May 14, 2003 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	4	.3	Indenture, dated as of May 12, 2003, among LIN Television Corporation, the guarantors named therein and the Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 2.50% Senior Subordinated Debentures (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of May 14, 2003 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	4	.4	Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2005, among LIN Television Corporation, the guarantors listed therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B of LIN Television Corporation (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of October 5, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000- 25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	4	.5	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 10, 2005, among WAPA America, Inc., WWHO Broadcasting, LLC, LIN Television Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, for the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2033 (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed as of November 9, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	4	.6	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 10, 2005, among WAPA America, Inc., WWHO Broadcasting, LLC, LIN Television Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, for the 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed as of November 9, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)

57

No.			Description
	4	.7	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2006, among LIN of Alabama, LLC, LIN of Colorado, LLC, LIN of New Mexico, LLC, LIN of Wisconsin, LLC, and S&E Network, Inc., LIN Television Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee for the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2033.
	4	.8	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2006, among LIN of Alabama, LLC, LIN of Colorado, LLC, LIN of New Mexico, LLC, LIN of Wisconsin, LLC, and S&E Network, Inc., LIN Television Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee for the 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013.
	10	.1	Registration Rights Agreement by and among LIN TV Corp. (f/k/a Ranger Equity Holdings Corporation) and the stockholders named therein (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-83068) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.2*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated July 1, 2005, by and among LIN TV Corp. and Gary R. Chapman (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of July 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.3*	Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gary R. Chapman (incorporated herein by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of LIN Television Corporation for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995 (File Number 000-25206))
	10	.4*	Amendment, dated October 1, 1999, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gary R. Chapman (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2003 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.5*	Second Amendment, dated August 30, 2000, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gary R. Chapman (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.6*	Third Amendment, dated October 1, 2002, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gary R. Chapman (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2002 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.7*	Fourth Amendment, dated July 1, 2005 to the Severance Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gary R. Chapman (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of July 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000- 25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.8*	Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gregory M. Schmidt (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of LIN Television Corporation for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1996 (File No. 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.9*	Amendment, dated October 1, 1999, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gregory M. Schmidt (filed as Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2003 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.10*	Second Amendment, dated August 30, 2000, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gregory M. Schmidt (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)

58

No.			Description
	10	.11*	Third Amendment, dated October 1, 2002, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gregory M. Schmidt (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2002 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.12*	Fourth Amendment, dated July 1, 2005 to the Severance Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Gregory M. Schmidt (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of July 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000- 25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.13*	Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Peter E. Maloney (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of LIN Holdings Corp. and LIN Television Corporation (Registration No. 333-54003) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.14*	Amendment, dated October 1, 1999, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Peter E. Maloney (filed as Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2003 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.15*	Second Amendment, dated August 30, 2000, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Peter E. Maloney (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.16*	Third Amendment, dated October 1, 2002, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Peter E. Maloney (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2002 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.17*	Fourth Amendment, dated July 1, 2005 to the Severance Agreement dated as of September 5, 1996, between LIN Television Corporation and Peter E. Maloney (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of July 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000- 25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.18*	Severance Agreement dated July 1, 2005 between LIN Television Corporation and Vincent L. Sadusky (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of July 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.19*	Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of February 27, 1997, between LIN Television Corporation and Denise Parent
	10	.20*	Amendment, dated October 1, 1999, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of February 27, 1997, between LIN Television Corporation and Denise Parent
	10	.21*	Second Amendment, dated August 30, 2000, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of February 27, 1997, between LIN Television Corporation and Denise Parent
	10	.22*	Third Amendment, dated October 1, 2002, to the Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of February 27, 1997, between LIN Television Corporation and Denise Parent
	10	.23*	Fourth Amendment, dated July 1, 2005 to the Severance Agreement dated as of February 27, 1997, between LIN Television Corporation and Denise Parent
	10	.24*	Severance Compensation Agreement dated June 1, 2003 between LIN Television Corporation and John S. Viall, Jr.
	10	.25*	First Amendment, dated July 1, 2005 to the Severance Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005, between LIN Television Corporation and John S. Viall, Jr.
	10	.26*	LIN Television Corporation Retirement Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of LIN Broadcasting Corporation (Registration No. 33-84718))

59

No.			Description
	10	.27*	LIN Television Corporation 401(k) Plan and Trust (incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of LIN Broadcasting Corporation (Registration No. 33-84718))
	10	.28*	LIN TV Corp. (formerly known as Ranger Equity Holdings Corporation) 1998 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of LIN Holdings Corp. and LIN Television Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 333-54003-06) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.29*	LIN TV Corp. (formerly known as Ranger Equity Holdings Corporation) 1998 Phantom Stock Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of LIN Holdings Corp. and LIN Television Corporation for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2001 (File No. 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.30*	LIN TV Corp. Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan, dated as of May 4, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed as of May 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.31*	LIN TV Corp. Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan, dated as of May 4, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed as of May 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.32*	LIN TV Corp. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-83068) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.33*	LIN Television Corporation Supplemental Benefit Retirement Plan (As Amended and Restated effective December 21, 2004) (Filed as exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein.)
	10	.34*	Nonqualified Stock Option Letter Agreement dated March 3, 1998 between LIN Television Corporation and Gary R. Chapman (Filed as exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein.)
	10	.35*	Nonqualified Stock Option Letter Agreement dated March 3, 1998 between LIN Television Corporation and Gregory M. Schmidt (Filed as exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein.)
	10	.36*	Nonqualified Stock Option Letter Agreement dated March 3, 1998 between LIN Television Corporation and Peter E. Maloney (Filed as exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein.)
	10	.37*	Summary of Executive Compensation Arrangements
	10	.38*	Summary of Director Compensation Policies
	10	.39*	Form of a Nonqualified Stock Option Letter Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of July 6, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.40*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of August 16, 2005 (File No. 001-31311) and incorporated by reference herein)

60

No.			Description
	10	.41	Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2005 among LIN Television Corporation, as the Borrower, Televicentro of Puerto Rico, LLC, as the Permitted Borrower, the Lenders Party Hereto, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as an Issuing Lender and as Swingline Lender, JP Morgan Securities, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Syndication Agent and as an Issuing Lender and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., Bank of America, N.A. and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Documentation Agents and The Bank of Nova Scotia and SunTrust Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of November 4, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.42	Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 19, 2005, among Emmis Television Broadcasting, L.P., Emmis Television License, LLC, Emmis Indiana Broadcasting, L.P. and LIN Television Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of August 23, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	10	.43	First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2005, among Emmis Television Broadcasting, L.P., Emmis Television License, LLC, Emmis Indiana Broadcasting, L.P. and LIN Television Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed as of December 5, 2005 (File Nos. 001-31311 and 000-25206) and incorporated by reference herein)
	21		Subsidiaries of the Registrant
	23	.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
	23	.2	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
	23	.3	Consent of KMPG LLP
	31	.1	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Executive Officer of LIN TV Corp.
	31	.2	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Financial Officer of LIN TV Corp.
	31	.3	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Executive Officer of LIN Television Corporation
	31	.4	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Financial Officer of LIN Television Corporation
	32	.1	Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief l Financial Officer of LIN TV Corp.
	32	.2	Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of LIN Television Corporation

*  Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

(c)  Financial Statement Schedule

The following financial statement schedule is filed herewith:

Schedule I — Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant

61

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each of LIN TV Corp. and LIN Television Corporation, has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

LIN TV CORP.

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

By:  /s/ Gary R. Chapman

Gary R. Chapman

Chairman, President

and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 16, 2006

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of each of LIN TV Corp. and LIN Television Corporation in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ GARY R. CHAPMAN Gary R. Chapman	Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	March 16, 2006
/s/ VINCENT L. SADUSKY Vincent L. Sadusky	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	March 16, 2006
/s/ WILLIAM A. CUNNINGHAM William A. Cunningham	Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	March 16, 2006
/s/ RANDALL S. FOJTASEK Randall S. Fojtasek	Director	March 16, 2006
/s/ ROYAL W. CARSON, III Royal W. Carson, III	Director	March 16, 2006
/s/ WILLIAM S. BANOWSKY William S. Banowsky	Director	March 16, 2006
/s/ WILLIAM H. CUNNINGHAM William H. Cunningham	Director	March 16, 2006

62

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ WILMA H. JORDAN Wilma H. Jordan	Director	March 16, 2006
/s/ PETER S. BRODSKY Peter S. Brodsky	Director	March 16, 2006
/s/ MICHAEL A. PAUSIC Michael A. Pausic	Director	March 16, 2006

63

Index to Financial Statements

LIN TV Corp.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8
LIN Television Corporation
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-44
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-46
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-47
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)	F-48
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-49
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-50
Station Venture Holdings, LLC
Independent Auditors’ Report	F-85
Balance Sheets	F-86
Statements of Operations	F-87
Statements of Member’s Deficit	F-88
Statements of Cash Flows	F-89
Notes to Financial Statements	F-90
Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule I — Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant	F-93

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of LIN TV Corp.:

We have completed integrated audits of LIN TV Corp.’s 2005 and 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and an audit of its 2003 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LIN TV Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, effective March 31, 2004, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51, relating to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting, Inc.

As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, effective October 1, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123(R), Share Based Payment.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the

F-2

design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the following stations from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 because they were acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination on November 29, 2005: KRQE-TV, WALA-TV, WLUK-TV, WTHI-TV and the local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV . We have also excluded these stations from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Each of these stations is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 11% and 2%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 16, 2006

F-3

LIN TV CORP.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

				December 31,
				2005			2004
				(In thousands,
				except share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents				$	11,135		$	14,797
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts (2005 — $1,148; 2004 — $1,450)					85,575			70,639
Program rights					25,960			17,312
Other current assets					3,534			3,790
	Total current assets				126,204			106,538
Property and equipment, net					237,676			197,565
Deferred financing costs					20,173			11,060
Equity investments					63,526			65,813
Program rights					7,307			12,165
Goodwill					623,383			583,105
Broadcast licenses and other intangible assets, net					1,308,598			1,066,135
Other assets					19,766			16,043
		Total assets		$	2,406,633		$	2,058,424
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt				$	—		$	6,573
Accounts payable					8,292			7,774
Accrued interest expense					6,553			8,118
Accrued sales volume discount					5,287			6,462
Other accrued expenses					23,480			13,483
Program obligations					30,375			23,278
	Total current liabilities				73,987			65,688
Long-term debt, excluding current portion					981,714			626,268
Deferred income taxes, net					439,619			445,695
Program obligations					7,343			12,008
Other liabilities					60,540			38,344
		Total liabilities			1,563,203			1,188,003
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)
Preferred stock of Banks Broadcasting, Inc., $0.01 par value, 179,322 and 173,822 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively					14,558			14,458
Stockholders’ equity:
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 28,562,583 shares and 26,946,183 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, issued and outstanding					286			269
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 23,502,059 shares and 23,508,119 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, issued and outstanding; convertible into an equal number of shares of Class A or Class C common stock					235			235
Class C common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 2 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004, issued and outstanding; convertible into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock					—			—
Treasury stock, 368,728 shares of class A common stock at December 31, 2005, at cost					(4,777	)		—
Additional paid-in capital					1,076,704			1,071,816
Accumulated deficit					(227,908	)		(201,767	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss					(15,668	)		(14,590	)
		Total stockholders’ equity			828,872			855,963
			Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ equity	$	2,406,633		$	2,058,424

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-4

LIN TV CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

		Year Ended December 31,
		2005			2004			2003
		(In thousands,
		except per share information)
Net revenues		$	380,384		$	376,719		$	344,239
Operating costs and expenses:
	Direct operating (excluding depreciation of $32.4 million, $31.3 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively)		113,317			103,952			101,444
	Selling, general and administrative		107,548			95,553			88,876
	Amortization of program rights		28,108			25,310			24,441
	Corporate		21,252			18,586			16,216
	Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			32,311			31,890
	Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		33,421			—			51,665
Total operating costs and expenses			338,014			275,712			314,532
Operating income			42,370			101,007			29,707
Other expense, net:
	Interest expense, net		47,041			45,761			59,490
	Share of income in equity investments		(2,543	)		(7,428	)		(478	)
	Minority interest in loss of Banks Broadcasting, Inc.		(451	)		(454	)		—
	Gain on derivative instruments		(4,691	)		(15,227	)		(2,620	)
	Loss on early extinguishment of debt		14,395			4,447			53,621
	Other, net		(5	)		1,951			1,050
Total other expense, net			53,746			29,050			111,063
(Loss) income from continuing operations before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			(11,376	)		71,957			(81,356	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes			14,765			(19,031	)		9,229
(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			(26,141	)		90,988			(90,585	)
Discontinued operations:
	(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax provision of $206 and $824 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively		—			(44	)		17
	Loss (gain) from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax (benefit) provision of $(1,094) and $109 for years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively		—			1,284			(212	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of a tax effect of $0			—			(3,290	)		—
Net (loss) income		$	(26,141	)	$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
Basic (loss) income per common share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		$	(0.51	)	$	1.81		$	(1.81	)
Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax			—			(0.03	)		—
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax			—			0.07			—
Net (loss) income			(0.51	)		1.85			(1.81	)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating basic (loss) income per common share			50,765			50,309			49,993
Diluted (loss) income per common share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		$	(0.51	)	$	1.60		$	(1.81	)
Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax			—			(0.02	)		—
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax			—			0.06			—
Net (loss) income		$	(0.51	)	$	1.64		$	(1.81	)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating diluted (loss) income per common share			50,765			54,056			49,993

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-5

LIN TV CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

			Common Stock
																									Accumulated
			Class A				Class B						Class C				Treasury			Additional					Other			Total
																	Stock,			Paid-In		Accumulated			Comprehensive			Stockholders’			Comprehensive
			Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount			Shares		Amount		at cost			Capital		Deficit			Loss			Equity			(Loss) Income
			(In thousands, except for number of shares)
Balance at December 31, 2002				26,296,169	$	262		23,579,788		$	236			2	$	—	$	—		$	1,064,122	$	(204,415	)	$	—		$	860,205		$	—
	Minimum additional pension liability			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			—		—			(10,459	)		(10,459	)	$	(10,459	)
	Exercises of stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances			286,240		3		—			—			—		—		—			2,628		—			—			2,631
	Issuance of class A common shares in exchange for class B common shares			69,651		1		(69,651	)		(1	)		—		—		—			—		—			—			—
	Stock-based compensation			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			147		—			—			147
	Net loss			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			—		(90,390	)		—			(90,390	)		(90,390	)
		Comprehensive loss — 2003																													$	(100,849	)
Balance at December 31, 2003				26,652,060	$	266		23,510,137		$	235			2	$	—	$	—		$	1,066,897	$	(294,805	)	$	(10,459	)	$	762,134
	Minimum additional pension liability			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			—		—			(4,131	)		(4,131	)		(4,131	)
	Exercises of stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances			292,105		3		—			—			—		—		—			1,815		—			—			1,818
	Issuance of class A common shares in exchange for class B common shares			2,018		—		(2,018	)		—			—		—		—			—		—			—			—
	Reversal of deferred tax allowance			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			2,685		—			—			2,685
	Stock-based compensation			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			419		—			—			419
	Net income			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			—		93,038			—			93,038			93,038
		Comprehensive income — 2004																													$	88,907
Balance at December 31, 2004				26,946,183	$	269		23,508,119		$	235			2	$	—	$	—		$	1,071,816	$	(201,767	)	$	(14,590	)	$	855,963
	Minimum additional pension liability			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			—		—			(1,078	)		(1,078	)		(1,078	)
	Exercises of stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances			321,645		3		—			—			—		—		—			2,122		—			—			2,125
	Issuance of class A common shares in exchange for class B common shares			6,060		—		(6,060	)		—			—		—		—			—		—			—			—
	Tax benefit from stock exercises			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			1,030		—			—			1,030
	Stock-based compensation			1,288,695		14		—			—			—		—		—			1,736		—			—			1,750
	Repurchase of 368,728 of class A common stock			—		—		—			—			—		—		(4,777	)		—		—			—			(4,777	)
	Net loss			—		—		—			—			—		—		—			—		(26,141	)		—			(26,141	)		(26,141	)
		Comprehensive loss — 2005																													$	(27,219	)
Balance at December 31, 2005				28,562,583	$	286		23,502,059		$	235			2	$	—	$	(4,777	)	$	1,076,704	$	(227,908	)	$	(15,668	)	$	828,872

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-6

LIN TV Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

			Year Ended December 31,
			2005			2004			2003
			(In thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)			$	(26,141	)	$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
	Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
		Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			32,311			31,890
		Amortization of financing costs and note discounts		6,751			8,022			14,053
		Amortization of program rights		28,108			25,310			24,835
		Program payments		(29,033	)		(25,050	)		(23,029	)
		Program payment buyouts		(21,420	)		—			—
		Loss on extinguishment of debt		14,395			4,447			53,621
		Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax impact		—			(3,290	)		—
		Gain on derivative instruments		(4,691	)		(15,227	)		(2,620	)
		Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		33,421			—			51,665
		Share of income in equity investments		(2,543	)		(7,428	)		(478	)
		Deferred income taxes, net		9,622			(24,610	)		6,082
		Stock-based compensation		3,738			419			147
		Other, net		328			(1,501	)		625
	Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and disposals:
		Accounts receivable		(15,544	)		1,280			7
		Other assets		(231	)		(1,754	)		(3,344	)
		Accounts payable		3,400			370			(4,496	)
		Accrued interest expense		(1,565	)		(1,728	)		(5,667	)
		Accrued sales volume discount		(1,175	)		387			660
		Other accrued expenses		7,447			2,796			(1,023	)
Net cash provided by operating activities				39,235			87,792			52,538
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
	Capital expenditures			(18,002	)		(28,810	)		(28,357	)
	Proceeds from sale of broadcast licenses and related operating assets			—			24,000			10,000
	Investment in minority investments			550			(650	)		—
	Distributions from equity investments			4,953			7,948			7,540
	Payments for business combinations, net of cash acquired			(342,172	)		—			—
	Acquisition of broadcast licenses			(232	)		(9,154	)		(1,980	)
	Proceeds from liquidation of short-term investments			—			—			23,691
	USDTV investment and other investments, net			(3,957	)		(896	)		(1,145	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities				(358,860	)		(7,562	)		9,749
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
	Net proceeds on exercises of employee stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances			2,125			1,818			2,631
	Proceeds from long-term debt			795,253			—			500,000
	Net (repayments) proceeds from revolver debt			41,000			(22,000	)		22,000
	Principal payments on debt			(494,940	)		(51,560	)		(684,500	)
	Cash expenses associated with early extinguishment of debt			(7,108	)		(3,019	)		(26,456	)
	Treasury stock purchased			(4,777	)		—			—
	Long-term debt financing costs			(15,590	)		(147	)		(10,347	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities				315,963			(74,908	)		(196,672	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents				(3,662	)		5,322			(134,385	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period				14,797			9,475			143,860
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period			$	11,135		$	14,797		$	9,475

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-7

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

LIN TV Corp. (“LIN TV”), together with its subsidiaries, including LIN Television Corporation (“LIN Television”), (together, the “Company”), is a television station group operator in the United States and Puerto Rico. LIN TV Corp. and its subsidiaries are affiliates of Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst, Incorporated (Hicks Muse).

LIN TV Corp. guarantees all debt of LIN Television Corporation. All of the consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries of LIN Television Corporation fully and unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s debt on a joint and several basis.

Certain changes in classifications have been made to the prior period financial statements to conform to the current financial statement presentation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described below.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company conducts its business through its subsidiaries and has no operations or assets other than its investment in its subsidiaries. Accordingly, no separate or additional financial information about the subsidiaries or the Company on a stand-alone basis is provided. The Company operates in one reportable segment.

The only activities of LIN TV on a stand-alone basis for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were equity transactions with all net proceeds immediately contributed to the Company’s subsidiaries.

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of ARB No. 51,” the Company’s interest in Banks Broadcasting, Inc. (“Banks Broadcasting”) is consolidated with the Company effective March 31, 2004 (see Note 4 for further discussion of Banks Broadcasting).

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. The Company’s actual results could differ from these estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for the collectability of receivables and valuing intangible assets, amortization and impairment of program rights, pension costs, barter transactions and net assets of businesses acquired.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid, short-term investments that have an original maturity of three months or less when purchased. The Company’s excess cash is invested primarily in short-term U.S. Government securities and money market funds.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 20 to 30 years for buildings and fixtures, and 3 to

F-8

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

15 years for broadcast and other equipment. Upon retirement or other disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the determination of net income or loss. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Equity investments

The Company’s equity investments are accounted for on the equity method, as the Company does not have a controlling interest. Accordingly, the Company’s share of the net loss or income of its equity investments is included in consolidated net income or loss.

Revenue recognition

Broadcast revenue is recognized during the financial statement period in which advertising is aired. Barter revenue is accounted for at the fair value of the assets or services received, or the advertising time surrendered, whichever is more clearly evident. Management judgment is required to determine which value is more clearly evident. Barter revenue is recorded at the time the advertising is broadcast, and barter expense is recorded at the time the assets or services are used. The Company recognized barter revenue of $10.3 million, $10.1 million and $11.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company incurred barter expense of $10.3 million, $9.9 million and $10.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Advertising expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs in the amounts of $5.2 million, $5.1 million and $4.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets primarily include broadcast licenses, network affiliations and goodwill.

The Company tests the impairment of its broadcast licenses annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of broadcast licenses with their carrying amount on a station-by-station basis using a discounted cash flow valuation method, assuming a hypothetical startup scenario that excludes network compensation payments. The future value of the Company’s broadcast licenses could be significantly impaired by the loss of the corresponding network affiliation agreements. Accordingly, such an event could trigger an assessment of the carrying value of the broadcast licenses.

The Company tests the impairment of its goodwill annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of a station with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of a station is determined through the use of a discounted cash flow analysis. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the station and prevailing values in the markets for broadcasting properties. If the fair value of the station exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount of the station exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is

F-9

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

determined by a notional reperformance of the purchase price allocation using the station’s fair value (as determined in Step 1) as the purchase price. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

An impairment assessment of enterprise level goodwill could be triggered by a significant reduction in operating results or cash flows at one or more of the Company’s television stations, or a forecast of such reductions, a significant adverse change in the advertising marketplaces in which the Company’s television stations operate, or by adverse changes to Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) ownership rules, amongst others.

Network Affiliations

Different broadcast companies may use different assumptions in valuing acquired broadcast licenses and their related network affiliations than those used by the Company. These different assumptions may result in the use of different valuation methods that can result in significant variances in the amount of purchase price allocated to these assets between broadcast companies.

The Company believes that the value of a television station is derived primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license. These attributes have a significant impact on the audience for network programming in a local television market compared to the national viewing patterns of the same network programming. These attributes and their impact on audiences can include:

•  The scarcity of broadcast licenses assigned by the FCC to a particular market determines how many television networks and other program sources are viewed in a particular market.

•  The length of time the broadcast license has been broadcasting. Television stations that have been broadcasting since the late 1940s, generally channels two to thirteen, are viewed more often than newer television stations.

•  VHF stations, (generally channels two to thirteen) are typically viewed more often than UHF stations (generally channels fourteen to sixty-nine) because these stations have been broadcasting longer than UHF stations and because of the inferior UHF signal in the early years of UHF stations.

•  The quality of the broadcast signal and location of the broadcast station within a market (i.e. the value of being licensed in the smallest city within a tri-city market has less value than being licensed in the largest city within a tri-city market.)

•  The audience acceptance of the broadcast licensee’s local news programming and community involvement. A local television station’s news programming that attracts the largest audience in a market generally will provide a larger audience for its network programming.

•  The quality of the other non-network programming carried by the television station. A local television station’s syndication programming that attracts the largest audience in a market generally will provide larger audience lead-ins to its network programming.

A local television station can be the number one station in a market, regardless of the national ranking of its affiliated network, depending on the factors or attributes listed above. ABC, FOX, NBC, and CBS each have multiple affiliations with local television stations that have the largest prime time audience in the local market in which the station operates.

Other broadcasting companies believe that network affiliations are an important component of the value of a station. These companies believe that VHF stations are popular because they have been affiliating with networks from the inception of network broadcasts, stations with network affiliations have the most successful local news programming and the network affiliation relationship enhances

F-10

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

the audience for local syndicated programming. As a result, these broadcasting companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation relationship.

The Company generally has acquired broadcast licenses in markets with a number of commercial television stations equal to or less than the number of television networks seeking affiliates. The methodology the Company used in connection with the valuation of the stations acquired is based on the Company’s evaluation of the broadcast licenses acquired and the characteristics of the markets in which they operated. The Company believed that in substantially all of its markets it would be able to replace a network affiliation agreement with little or no economic loss to the television station. As a result of this assumption, the Company ascribed no incremental value to the incumbent network affiliation in substantially all of its markets the Company operates in beyond the cost of negotiating a new agreement with another network and the value of any terms that were more favorable or unfavorable than those generally prevailing in the market. Other broadcasting companies have valued network affiliations on the basis that it is the affiliation and not the other attributes of the station, including its broadcast license, which contributes to the operating performance of that station. As a result, the Company believes that these broadcasting companies include in their network affiliation valuation amounts related to attributes that the Company believes are more appropriately reflected in the value of the broadcast license or goodwill.

If the Company were to assign higher values to its acquired network affiliation agreements and, therefore, less value to its broadcast licenses, it would have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results. The following chart reflects the hypothetical impact of the hypothetical reassignment of value from broadcast licenses to network affiliations and the resulting increase in amortization expense assuming a 15-year amortization period for the year ended December 31, 2005 (in thousands):

				Percentage of Total Value
				Reassigned to Network
				Affiliation Agreements
	As Reported			50%			25%
Balance Sheet (As of December 31, 2005):
Broadcast licenses	$	1,301,294		$	650,647		$	975,971
Other intangible assets, net (including network affiliation agreements)		630,687			1,151,205			890,946
Statement of Operations (For the year ended December 31, 2005):
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			77,744			56,056
Operating income (loss)		42,370			(1,006	)		20,682
Loss from continuing operations		(26,141	)		(54,336	)		(40,238	)
Net loss		(26,141	)		(54,336	)		(40,238	)
Net loss per diluted share	$	(0.51	)	$	(1.07	)	$	(.79	)

In future acquisitions, the valuation of the broadcast licenses and network affiliations may differ from those attributable to the Company’s existing stations due to different attributes of each station and the market in which it operates.

Long lived-assets

The Company periodically evaluates the net realizable value of long-lived assets, including tangible and intangible assets, relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows. Impairment in the carrying value of an asset

F-11

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

is recognized when the expected future operating cash flow derived from the asset is less than its carrying value.

Program rights

Program rights are recorded as assets when the license period begins and the programs are available for broadcasting, at the gross amount of the related obligations. Costs incurred in connection with the purchase of programs to be broadcast within one year are classified as current assets, while costs of those programs to be broadcast subsequently are considered non-current. The program costs are charged to operations over their estimated broadcast periods using the straight-line method.

If the projected future net revenues associated with a program are less than the current carrying value of the program rights due to poor ratings, the Company would be required to write-down the program rights assets to equal the amount of projected future net revenues. If the actual usage of the program rights is on a more accelerated basis than straight-line over the life of the contract, the Company would be required to write-down the program rights to equal the lesser of the amount of projected future net revenues or the average cost per run multiplied by the number of remaining runs.

Program obligations are classified as current or non-current in accordance with the payment terms of the license agreement.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

At December 31, 2005, the Company had four stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 8. On October 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” and its related implementation guidance in accounting for stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the modified prospective approach. This statement requires the Company to estimate the fair value of stock- based awards exchanged for employee services and recognize compensation cost based on this fair value over the requisite service period. The Company is electing the short-cut method to calculate the amount of the historical pool of windfall tax benefits as permitted under the FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards”.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock awards using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and prior period pro forma disclosures of net earnings, including stock-based compensation as determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). The Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables to be assumed in the calculation (including the option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock) and the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. The expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the Company’s historical exercise patterns. Price volatility is based on historical volatilities of Company’s common stock and its expected forfeitures are estimated using the Company’s historical experience and of the common stock of peer group companies engaged in the broadcasting business. If actual results or future changes in estimates differ significantly from the Company’s current estimates, stock-based compensation expense and its results of operations could be materially impacted.

F-12

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table presents the stock compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income and recognized in accordance with SFAS 123R for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 and the stock compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income and recognized in accordance with APB 25 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

				Based on the Accounting Rules Under
				SFAS 123R			APB 25
										For Year Ended
	For Year Ended			For the Three Month			For the Nine-Month			December 31,
	December 31,			Period Ended			Period Ended
	2005			December 31, 2005			September 31, 2005			2004			2003
Direct operating	$	201		$	201		$	—		$	—		$	—
Selling, general and administrative		746			421			325			63			147
Corporate		2,791			1,244			1,547			356
Share-based compensation expense before tax		3,738			1,866			1,872			419			147
Income tax benefit		(1,308	)		(653	)		(655	)		(147	)		(51	)
Net stock-based compensation expense	$	2,430		$	1,213		$	1,217		$	272		$	96
Net stock-based compensation expense as if presented on the accounting rules under APB 25	$	1,949		$	732			1,217		$	272		$	96

The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation (in thousands) for the periods prior to October 1, 2005:

				Year Ended
	For the Period			December 31,
	Ended
	September 30, 2005			2004			2003
Net income (loss), as reported	$	3,561		$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense, included in reported net income (loss), net of tax effect		1,106			216			88
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of tax effect		(1,287	)		(2,849	)		(3,005	)
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	3,380		$	90,405		$	(93,307	)
Basic net income (loss) per common share, as reported	$	0.07		$	1.85		$	(1.81	)
Basic net income (loss) per common share, pro forma		0.07			1.80			(1.87	)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share, as reported		0.07			1.64			(1.81	)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share, pro forma	$	0.07		$	1.59		$	(1.87	)

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is applied against net deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-13

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments and trade receivables. Concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents and investments are limited as the Company maintains its primary banking relationships with only large nationally recognized institutions. Credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited, as the trade receivables are primarily from advertising revenues generated from a large diversified group of local and nationally recognized advertisers. The Company does not require collateral or other security against trade receivable balances, however, it does maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations for all years presented.

Earnings per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per common share are computed in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”. Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. There is no difference between basic and diluted earnings per share since potential common shares from the exercises of stock options and phantom units are anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2003 and are, therefore, excluded from the calculation. Options to purchase 910,000, 4,179,000 and 3,510,000 shares of common stock and phantom units exercisable into 186,000, 328,000 and 525,000 shares of common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, but were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2003 because the effect of their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted (loss) income per common share for the year ended December 31, (in thousands):

			2005			2004			2003
Numerator for (loss) income per common share calculation:
	Net (loss) income available to common shareholders, basic		$	(26,141	)	$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
		Interest expense on contingent debt, net of tax		—			4,534			—
		Derivative income, net of tax		—			(9,136	)		—
	Net (loss) income available to common shareholders, diluted		$	(26,141	)	$	88,436		$	(90,390	)
Denominator for loss (income) per common share calculation:
	Weighted average common shares, basic			50,765			50,309			49,993
	Effect of dilutive securities:
		Stock options		—			394			—
		Contingently convertible debt		—			3,353			—
	Weighted average common shares, diluted			50,765			54,056			49,993
Basic (loss) income per common share			$	(0.51	)	$	1.85		$	(1.81	)
Diluted (loss) per common share			$	(0.51	)	$	1.64		$	(1.81	)

Fair value of financial instruments

Financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, and investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried in the consolidated financial statements at amounts that approximate fair value. (see Note 7 relating to debt). Fair values are based on quoted market prices

F-14

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

and assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates, reflecting varying degrees of perceived risk.

Retirement Plan Actuarial Assumptions

The Company’s retirement benefit obligations and related costs are calculated using actuarial concepts, within the framework of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 Employer’s Accounting for Pensions (“SFAS No. 87”). Two critical assumptions, the discount rate and the expected return on plan assets, are important elements of expense and/or liability measurement. The Company evaluates these critical assumptions annually. Other assumptions involve employee demographic factors such as retirement patterns, mortality, turnover and the rate of compensation increase.

The discount rate enables the Company to state expected future benefit payments as a present value on the measurement date. The guideline for setting this rate is a high-quality long-term corporate bond rate. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. The Company decreased its discount rate to 5.50% and 5.75% in 2005 and 2004, respectively, to reflect market interest rate conditions.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on the plan assets, the Company considered the current and expected asset allocation, as well as historical and expected returns on each plan asset class. A lower expected rate of return on pension plan assets will increase pension expense. The Company’s long-term expected return on plan assets was 8.25% in both 2005 and 2004.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”), which was to be effective for reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2005. In April 2005, the FASB announced that the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R), has been delayed until the first quarter of 2006. SFAS No. 123(R) requires the Company to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for the Company’s equity instruments. Prior to October 1, 2005, in accordance with APB Opinion 25, the Company recorded the intrinsic value of stock based compensation as expense. Accordingly, no compensation expense, except for modifications of stock grants, was recognized for stock option plans as the exercise price equaled the stock price on the date of grant. Under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company is required to measure compensation expense over the vesting period of the options based on the fair value of the stock options at the date the options are granted. As permitted by SFAS 123R, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective October 1, 2005 and recorded compensation expense of approximately $1.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2005. As allowed by SFAS No. 123(R), the Company elected to use the Black-Scholes method of valuing options and the modified prospective application, which applies SFAS No. 123(R) to new awards and modified awards after the effective date, and to any unvested awards as service is rendered on or after the effective date.

In March 2005, the SEC staff issued a staff accounting bulletin (“SAB 107”) which expresses the views of the staff regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R) and certain SEC rules and regulations and provides the staff’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. In particular, SAB 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, the transition from nonpublic to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in an interim period, capitalization of compensation cost related to

F-15

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

share-based payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the modification of employee share options prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and disclosures in Management’s Discussion and Analysis subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

In March 2005, the FASB issued FIN No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143”, which is effective for all reporting periods ending after December 15, 2005. FIN 47 requires that an entity shall recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability can be reasonable estimated, rather than when the obligation is incurred, generally upon acquisition, construction, or development and/or through the normal operation of the asset as required by SFAS No. 143. An asset retirement obligation would be reasonably estimable if (a) it is evident that the fair value of the obligation is embodied in the acquisition price of the asset, (b) an active market exists for the transfer of the obligation, or (c) sufficient information exists to apply an expected present value technique. The provisions of FIN 47 are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections — a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3” (“SFAS 154”), which is effective for changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle unless it is impracticable to determine the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. The provisions of SFAS 154 are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2005, the FASB issued guidance on SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” as amended (“SFAS 133”) in Derivative Implementation Group (“DIG”) Issue B38, “Embedded Derivatives: Evaluation of Net Settlement with Respect to the Settlement of a Debt Instrument through Exercise of an Embedded Put Option or Call Option” (“DIG Issue B38”) and Issue B39, “Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Call Options That Are Exercisable Only by the Debtor” (DIG Issue B39”). The guidance in DIG Issue B38 clarifies that the potential settlement of a debtor’s obligation to a creditor that would occur upon exercise of a put or call option meets the net settlement criteria of SFAS No. 133. The guidance in DIG Issue B39 clarifies that an embedded call option that can accelerate the settlement of a debt host financial instrument should not be bifurcated and fair valued if the right to accelerate the settlement can be exercised only by the debtor (issuer/borrower), it is underlying interest rate indexed and the investor will recover substantially all of its initial net investment. The Company adopted the DIG issues effective April 1, 2005 and neither DIG issues had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 2 — Acquisitions

Emmis Station Acquisitions. On November 29, 2005, the Company purchased four network-affiliated television stations from Emmis Communications (“Emmis”) for $257.2 million in cash including direct acquisition expenses. The four acquired stations were: KRQE-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Albuquerque, New Mexico, plus regional satellite stations; WALA-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama/ Pensacola, Florida; WLUK-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Green Bay, Wisconsin; and WTHI-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Terre Haute, Indiana. The Company also entered into a local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV, the WB affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama/ Pensacola, Florida and has a purchase option for $3.0 million to acquire the station from Emmis upon FCC approval. The primary reasons for this acquisition were to grow the Company through selective

F-16

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

station acquisitions and to increase operating income of those acquired stations by reducing engineering and accounting costs, where possible, using one of the Company’s regional television technology centers, by improving the local news franchises and by capturing increased revenue share as a result of the improvement in the local news franchises.

In addition to the $4.9 million of program obligations recorded by the Company in connection with the acquisition of the Emmis stations, the Company recorded $1.7 million in other liabilities related to estimated losses on acquired program obligations; representing the estimated excess of program obligations over the fair value of program rights that are unrecorded in accordance with SFAS No. 63 “Accounting for Broadcasters.” The Company also recorded $8.6 million in other accruals and liabilities in connection with the acquisition of Emmis stations relating to (a) employee severance costs and certain contractual costs as a result of the Company’s plans to centralize the master control operations of WLUK-TV and WTHI-TV at the Company’s technology center in Indianapolis, Indiana, (b) transaction costs in connection with the acquisition and (c) the buy-out of certain operating agreements. The Company has paid approximately $0.7 million related to the accruals and liabilities noted above for year ended December 31, 2005. The Company expects to pay the employee severance costs in 2006 and to pay the balance over the 4.5 year average life of the operating agreements.

Viacom Station Acquisitions. On March 31, 2005, the Company purchased WNDY-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Indianapolis, Indiana, and WWHO-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Columbus, Ohio, from Viacom, Inc. for $85.0 million in cash including direct acquisition expenses. The primary reasons for this acquisition were to grow the Company through selective station acquisitions and to increase operating income of those acquired stations by reducing engineering and accounting costs using one of the Company’s regional television technology centers and by capturing increased revenue share. In addition, the Company closed the studio facilities of WNDY-TV and relocated it to WISH-TV, the television station already owned by the Company in Indianapolis, thereby eliminating rent costs of WNDY-TV and eliminating other redundant operating costs of the combined station operations.

In addition to the $14.4 million of program obligations recorded by the Company in connection with the acquisition of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV, the Company recorded $25.7 million in other liabilities related to estimated losses on acquired program obligations; representing the estimated excess of program obligations over the fair value of program rights that are unrecorded in accordance with SFAS No. 63 “Accounting for Broadcasters.” The Company paid $21.4 million related to buyouts of certain recorded and unrecorded program obligations of these stations during the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company also recorded $1.6 million in other accruals in connection with the acquisition of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV relating to employee severance costs and certain contractual costs as a result of the Company’s plans to centralize the master control operations of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV at the Company’s technology center in Indianapolis, Indiana, as well as transaction costs in connection with the acquisitions. The Company has paid approximately $1.3 million related to the accruals and liabilities noted above for year ended December 31, 2005. The Company expects to pay $0.3 million related to pay the balance over the 2.5 year average life of the operating agreements.

F-17

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the acquisitions of the Company in the last three years (in thousands):

		UHF
		Television						Viacom		Emmis
		Licenses(1)		WIRS-TV(1)		WTIN-TV(1)		Acquisition		Acquisition
		June 13,		January 14,		May 6,		March 31,		November 29,
Acquisition Date		2003		2004		2004		2005		2005
Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	2
Accounts receivable			—		—		—		524		—
Program rights, short-term			—		—		—		4,373		3,029
Other current assets			—		—		—		83		94
Property and equipment			—		—		—		14,806		40,215
Program rights, long-term			—		—		—		2,546		1,664
Equity investments			—		—		—		—		124
Goodwill(2)			—		—		—		35,653		38,040
Broadcast licenses and other intangibles			1,980		4,450		4,923		57,880		185,642
Deferred tax assets			—		—		—		11,005		3,663
	Total assets		1,980		4,450		4,923		126,870		272,473
Accrued expenses									1,813		8,627
Program obligations, short-term			—		—		—		7,783		3,755
Program obligations, long-term			—		—		—		6,615		1,191
Other long-term liabilities			—		—		—		25,659		1,726
	Total liabilities		—		—		—		41,870		15,299
Total purchase price, including direct acquisition expenses		$	1,980	$	4,450	$	4,923	$	85,000	$	257,174

(1)	These transactions were asset purchases and not business combinations.
(2)	This includes tax-deductible goodwill of $45.5 million for the stations acquired from Viacom and $33.0 million from the station acquired from Emmis.

The results of the Viacom stations are included in the consolidated financial statements from March 31, 2005 and the results of the Emmis stations are included in the consolidated financial statements from November 29, 2005. The following table sets forth unaudited pro forma information of the Company as if the acquisition of the stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis had occurred on January 1, 2005 and 2004, respectively (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004
Net revenues	$	438,377		$	461,535
Operating income		50,950			113,348
Net (loss) income		(28,009	)		93,440
Pro forma basic net (loss) income per common share	$	(0.51	)	$	1.86
Pro forma diluted net (loss) income per common share		(0.51	)		1.64
Reported basic net (loss) income per common share		(0.51	)		1.85
Reported diluted net (loss) income per common share	$	(0.51	)	$	1.64

Note 3 — Discontinued Operations

WEYI-TV. On May 14, 2004, the Company completed the sale of WEYI-TV, the NBC affiliate serving Flint, Michigan, for $24.0 million.

F-18

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded a loss on the sale of WEYI-TV of $1.3 million, net of a tax benefit of $1.1 million.

The operating results have been excluded from continuing operations and included in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 under the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” for all periods presented.

The following table presents summarized information for WEYI-TV included in the historical results:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
Net revenues	$	—	$	3,257		$	7,116
Operating income		—		960			1,569
Net (income) loss		—		(44	)		17

Note 4 — Investments

The Company has investments in a number of ventures with third parties through which it has an interest in television stations in locations throughout the United States. The following presents the Company’s basis in these ventures (in thousands):

	2005		2004
NBC joint venture	$	54,803	$	55,604
WAND (TV) Partnership		8,595		10,209
Other		128		—
	$	63,526	$	65,813

Banks Broadcasting, Inc: The Company owns preferred stock that represents a 50% non-voting interest in Banks Broadcasting, which owns and operates KWCV-TV, a WB affiliate in Wichita, Kansas and KNIN-TV, a UPN affiliate in Boise, Idaho. The Company is able to exercise significant, but not controlling, influence over the activities of Banks Broadcasting through representation on the Board of Directors. The Company also has a management services agreement with Banks Broadcasting to provide specified management, engineering and related services for a fixed fee. Included in this agreement is a cash management arrangement under which the Company incurs expenditures on behalf of Banks Broadcasting and is periodically reimbursed.

In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of ARB No. 51,” Banks Broadcasting is considered to be a variable interest entity. For purposes of determining the primary beneficiary of Banks Broadcasting, the Company considered Hicks Muse 45.5% ownership in the Company and Hicks Muse’s substantial economic interest in 21st Century Group, LLC, which owns 18% of Banks Broadcasting; and determined for purposes of FIN 46R that the Company and 21st Century Group, LLC are related parties. Considering the Company’s 50% ownership interest in Banks Broadcasting and the Company’s management agreement with Banks Broadcasting, the Company identified itself as the primary beneficiary of Banks Broadcasting under FIN 46R. As the primary beneficiary of Banks Broadcasting, the Company consolidated Banks Broadcasting’s assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests into the Company’s financial statements effective March 31, 2004. Since the Company and Banks Broadcasting are not under common control, as defined by Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 02-5, “Definition of Common Control in Relation to FASB Statement No. 141”, Banks Broadcasting’s assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests were measured at fair value as of March 31, 2004. The difference between the value of the newly consolidated assets over the

F-19

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

reported amount of any previously held interests and the value of newly consolidated liabilities and non-controlling interests was recognized as a cumulative effect of an accounting change in the period ended March 31, 2004. The resulting consolidated balance sheet of the Company does not reflect any voting equity minority interest since Banks Broadcasting has incurred cumulative losses and as such the minority interest would be in a deficit position at December 31, 2005.

The following presents the summarized balance sheet of Banks Broadcasting at March 31, 2004, the date of initial consolidation (in thousands):

Assets
Cash		$	97
Accounts receivable			899
Program rights, short-term			757
Other current assets			46
Property and equipment			5,048
Program rights, long-term			662
Broadcast licenses			29,238
	Total assets	$	36,747
Liabilities and Equity
Accounts payable		$	396
Program obligations, short-term			793
Other accrued expenses			404
Program obligations, long-term			525
Deferred income taxes, net			4,805
Preferred stock			34,764
	Total liabilities and equity		41,687
Deficit		$	(4,940	)

The deficit of $4.9 million has been allocated to the nonvoting preferred stock, and the Company’s ownership of such preferred stock has been eliminated on consolidation.

21st Century Group, LLC, an affiliate of Hicks Muse, owns 36% of the preferred stock on the Company’s balance sheet.

Joint Venture with NBC: The Company owns a 20.38% interest in a joint venture with NBC and accounts for its interest using the equity method, as the Company does not have a controlling interest. The Company received distributions of $4.5 million, $7.9 million and $7.5 million from the joint venture for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The following presents the summarized financial information of the joint venture (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Revenue	$	83,902		$	104,285		$	90,142
Other expense, net		(65,843	)		(66,104	)		(66,121	)
Net income		18,059			38,181			24,021

F-20

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

	December 31,
	2005		2004
Current assets	$	10,617	$	12,675
Non-current assets		232,075		233,957
Current liabilities		724		724
Non-current liabilities		815,500		815,500

The Company’s members’ deficit account in the financial statements of Station Venture Holdings, LLC was $784.4 million as of December 31, 2005. The difference between the carrying value of the Company’s investment and this amount is a permanent accounting item and results from the fair valuation of this investment in connection with the formation of LIN Television Corporation in 1998.

WAND (TV) Partnership: The Company has a 33.33% interest in a partnership, WAND (TV) Partnership, with Block Communications. The Company accounts for its interest using the equity method, as the Company does not have a controlling interest. The Company received $0.5 million in distributions from the partnership for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company did not receive any distributions in 2004 and 2003. The Company has also entered into a management services agreement with WAND (TV) Partnership to provide specified management, engineering and related services for a fixed fee. Included in this agreement is a cash management arrangement under which the Company incurs expenditures on behalf of WAND (TV) Partnership and is periodically reimbursed. Amounts due to the Company from WAND (TV) Partnership under this arrangement were approximately $789,000 and $478,000 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The partnership recorded an impairment of $3.4 million for the broadcast license of WAND-TV for year ended December 31, 2005. This impairment was due to a decline in market growth causing a decline in the average station operating margin. The following presents the summarized financial information of the WAND (TV) Partnership (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Net revenues	$	6,577		$	6,605		$	6,360
Operating loss		(3,468	)		(52	)		(8,591	)
Net loss		(3,432	)		(123	)		(8,674	)

	December 31,
	2005		2004
Current assets	$	2,398	$	3,317
Non-current assets		20,702		24,283
Current liabilities		1,276		917
Non-current liabilities		14		32

F-21

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 5 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005			2004
Land and land improvements	$	18,991		$	14,309
Buildings and fixtures		145,325			100,869
Broadcast equipment and other		260,987			246,622
		425,303			361,800
Less accumulated depreciation		(187,627	)		(164,235	)
	$	237,676		$	197,565

The Company recorded depreciation expense in the amounts of $32.4 million, $31.3 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Note 6 — Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the carrying amount of each major class of intangible assets at December 31 (in thousands):

	Estimated
	Useful
	Life (Years)		2005			2004
Amortized Intangible Assets:
LMA purchase options		1	$	4,212		$	3,300
Network affiliations		1		1,753			173
Other intangible assets		2		6,025			2,173
Accumulated amortization				(4,686	)		(2,776	)
				7,304			2,870
Unamortized Intangible Assets:
Broadcast licenses				1,301,294			1,063,265
Goodwill				623,383			583,105
				1,924,677			1,646,370
Goodwill				623,383			583,105
Broadcast licenses and other intangible assets, net				1,308,598			1,066,135
Total intangible assets			$	1,931,981		$	1,649,240

The increase in LMA purchase options is due to the option payment for KNVA-TV made in the fourth quarter of 2005. The increase in network affiliations of $1.6 million, in other intangible assets of $3.9 million, in broadcast licenses of $238.0 million and in goodwill of $73.7 million is primarily due to the acquisition of stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis on March 31, 2005 and November 29, 2005, respectively, offset by an impairment of goodwill of $33.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

F-22

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the aggregate amortization expense for all periods presented as well as the estimated amortization expense for the next five years (in thousands):

							Estimated Amortization Expense
	Year Ended December 31,						for the Year Ended December 31,
	2003		2004		2005		2006		2007		2008		2009		2010
Amortization expense	$	1,188	$	1,015	$	1,941	$	4,343	$	468	$	253	$	71	$	44

Other intangible assets include intangible pension assets recognized when the Company recorded its minimum pension liability in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”. When the Company makes a new determination of the amount of additional liability, the related intangible asset and separate component of equity will be eliminated or adjusted as necessary.

Based on the guidance included in SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, the Company has ascribed an indefinite useful life to its broadcast licenses. This accounting treatment is based in part upon the Company’s belief that the cash flows from the ownership of its broadcast licenses are expected to continue indefinitely, as the Company intends to renew its licenses indefinitely and has demonstrated its ability to do so. The Company’s broadcast licenses are renewable every eight years if the Company provides at least an average level of service to its customers and complies with the applicable FCC rules and policies. The cost of renewal is not significant and historically there have been no compelling challenges to the Company’s renewal of licenses and the Company has no reason to expect that challenges will be brought in any future period.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company does not amortize goodwill and broadcast licenses. An impairment loss of $33.4 million and $51.7 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2005 and 2003, respectively, and to reflect the write-down of goodwill and certain broadcast licenses to fair value. The impairment to goodwill was the result of a decline in the operating profit margin of one of our stations due to low market growth and increased operating costs. The decrease in fair value of the broadcast licenses was the result of the decline in the advertising market during 2001 and 2003, which decreased industry operating margins. No impairments to the carrying values of the Company’s broadcast licenses were required during the year ended December 31, 2004.

Approximately $1.9 billion, or 80%, of the Company’s total assets as of December 31, 2005 consisted of unamortized intangible assets. Intangible assets principally include broadcast licenses and goodwill. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires, among other things, the impairment testing of goodwill. If at any point in the future the value of these intangible assets decreased, the Company could be required to incur an impairment charge that could significantly and adversely impact reported results of operations and stockholders’ equity. The Company’s class A common stock currently trades at a price that results in a market capitalization less than total stockholder’s equity as of December 31, 2005 and has done so since April 2005. If the Company were required to write down intangible assets in future periods, the Company would incur an impairment charge, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and the trading price of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock.

F-23

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company based the valuation of broadcast licenses on the following basic assumptions for year ended December 31:

	2005		2004
Market revenue growth		1.1% to 6.1%		2.2% to 6.5%
Operating profit margins		28.0% to 39.9%		28.0% to 39.9%
Discount rate		8.0%		8.0%
Tax rate		34.0% to 39.0%		34.0% to 39.0%
Capitalization rate		1.5% to 3.0%		1.5% to 3.0%

If the Company were to decrease the market growth by one percent and by half of the projected growth rate, the Company would incur an impairment of its broadcast licenses of $40.0 million and $54.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to decrease the operating margins by 5% and 10% of the projected operating margins, the Company would incur an impairment of its broadcast licenses of $102.0 million and $273.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to increase the discount rate used in its valuation by 1% and 2%, the Company would incur an impairment of its broadcast licenses of $112.0 million and $242.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005.

The Company based the valuation of goodwill on the following basic assumptions for year ended December 31:

	2005		2004
Market revenue growth		1.1% to 6.1%		2.2% to 6.5%
Operating profit margins		28.0% to 46.7%		28.0% to 49.5%
Discount rate		8.0%		8.0%
Tax rate		34.0% to 39.9%		34.0% to 39.9%
Capitalization rate		1.5% to 3.0%		1.5% to 3.0%

If the Company were to decrease the market growth by one percent and by half of the projected growth rate, the carrying amount of the Company’s stations would exceed their fair value by $37.0 million and $45.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to decrease the operating margins by 5% and 10% of the projected operating margins, the carrying amount of the Company’s stations would exceed their fair value by $70.0 million and $163.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to increase the discount rate used in its valuation by 1% and 2%, the carrying amount of the Company’s stations would exceed their fair value by $86.0 million and $167.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. In addition to the potential impairment amounts noted above, the Company would be required to complete the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill ($623.4 million at December 31, 2005). The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by a notional reperformance of the purchase price allocation using the station’s fair value as the purchase price. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

F-24

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 7 — Long-term Debt

Debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005		2004
Credit Facility	$	316,000	$	158,500
$166,440, 8% Senior Notes due 2008 (net of discount of $2,884)		—		163,556
$375,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013		375,000		200,000
$190,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B (net of discount of $14,283 at December 31, 2005)		175,717		—
$125,000, 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2033 (net of discount of $10,003 and $14,215 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively)		114,997		110,785
Total debt		981,714		632,841
Less current portion		—		6,573
Total long-term debt	$	981,714	$	626,268

Credit Facility

	Revolving Facility		Term Loans
Final maturity date		11/4/2011		11/4/2011
Balance at December 31, 2005	$	41,000	$	275,000
Unused balance at December 31, 2005		234,000		—
Average rates for year ended December 31, 2005:
Adjusted LIBOR		1.1% to 4.32%		1.1% to 4.32%
Applicable margin		0.75% to 2.25%		0.75% to 2.25%
Interest rate		2.88% to 5.57%		2.88% to 5.57%

The Company entered into a credit facility on March 11, 2005 that included a $170.0 million term loan with a maturity date of March 11, 2011 and a $160.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 30, 2010. The proceeds of the term loan were used to repay the balance on an existing term loan. The $170.0 million term loan was subsequently repaid with a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B on September 29, 2005. The Company used $50.0 million of the revolving credit facility and existing cash on hand to acquire WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV on March 31, 2005.

On November 4, 2005, the Company entered into a new credit facility that included a $275.0 million term loan and a $275.0 million revolving credit facility both of which mature in 2011. Borrowings under the new credit facility bear interest at a rate based, at the Company’s option, on an adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin range of 0.625% to 1.50%, or an adjusted based rate, plus an applicable margin range of 0.0% to 0.50%, depending, in each case, on certain ratios.

The Company incurred a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $2.8 million and incurred fees of $8.1 million for year ended December 31, 2005 related to the two credit facility agreements. The fees will be amortized over the terms of the credit facility.

The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility were used to repay the balance on the former revolving credit facility, to complete the purchase of the four Emmis stations in the fourth quarter of 2005 and for general corporate purposes, including share repurchases. The revolving credit facility

F-25

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

may be used for acquisitions of certain assets and general corporate purposes including the redemption of the Company’s publicly traded securities. The credit facility permits the Company to prepay loans and to permanently reduce revolving credit commitments, in whole or in part, at any time. The Company is required to make mandatory quarterly payment of its term loan of $10.3 million beginning on December 31, 2007 and additional payments based on certain debt transactions or the disposal of certain assets.

The credit facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness or amend other debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted by it, make capital expenditures, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. The Company is required, under the terms of the credit facility, to comply with specified financial ratios, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratios.

The credit facility also contain provisions that prohibit any modification of the indentures governing the senior subordinated notes in any manner adverse to the lenders and that limits the Company’s ability to refinance or otherwise prepay the senior subordinated notes without the consent of such lenders. All borrowings under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets.

6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures

			61/2% Senior		2.50% Exchangeable
	61/2% Senior		Subordinated		Senior Subordinated
	Subordinated Notes		Notes — Class B		Debentures
Final maturity date		5/15/2013		5/15/2013		5/15/2033(1)
Annual interest rate		6.5%		6.5%		2.5%
Payable semi-annually in arrears		May 15th		May 15th		May 15th
		November 15th		November 15th		November 15th

(1)  The holders of the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures can require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the debentures on each of May 15, 2008, 2013, 2018, 2023 and 2028.

On January 28, 2005, the Company issued an additional $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. The proceeds from the issuance of the 6¹/2% Notes were used to repurchase $166.4 million principal amount of the Company’s 8% Senior Notes due 2008. The Company recorded a $11.6 million loss on early extinguishment of debt related to the Company’s 8% Senior Notes for the year ended December 31, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company incurred fees of $3.8 million in connection with the issuance of these notes, which is being amortized over the life of the notes.

On September 29, 2005, the Company issued $190.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B. The net proceeds of $175.3 million from the issuance of the 6¹/2% Class B Notes were used to repay the $170.0 million term loan under the Company’s credit facility and the remaining proceeds used to repay a portion of the outstanding revolving indebtedness under the credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company incurred fees of $3.7 million in connection with the issuance of these notes, which is being amortized over the life of the notes.

F-26

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and are subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness, including the Company’s credit facility.

The indentures governing the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures contain covenants limiting, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness and issuance of capital stock; layering of indebtedness; the payment of dividends on, and redemption of, the Company’s capital stock; liens; mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; asset sales; asset swaps; dividend and other payment restrictions affecting restricted subsidiaries; and transactions with affiliates. The indentures also have change of control provisions which may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of each of the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest and the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest.

The 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B have certain limitations and financial penalties for early redemption of the notes. The 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures have a contingent interest feature that could require the Company to pay contingent interest at the rate of 0.25% per annum commencing with the six-month period beginning May 15, 2008 if the average trading price of the debentures for a five-day measurement period preceding the beginning of the applicable six-month period equals 120% or more of the principal amount. The debentures also have certain exchange rights where the holder may exchange each debenture for a number of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock based on certain conditions.

Prior to May 15, 2008, the exchange rate will be determined as follows:

•  If the applicable stock price is less than or equal to the base exchange price, the exchange rate will be the base exchange rate; and

•  If the applicable stock price is greater than the base exchange price, the exchange rate will be determined in accordance with the following formula; provided, however, in no event will the exchange rate exceed 46.2748, subject to the same proportional adjustment as the base exchange rate: The base exchange rate plus the applicable stock price less the base exchange price divided by the applicable stock price multiplied by the incremental share factor.

On May 15, 2008, the exchange rate will be fixed at the exchange rate then in effect.

The “base exchange rate” is 26.8240, subject to adjustment, and the “base exchange price” is a dollar amount (initially $37.28) derived by dividing the principal amount per debenture by the base exchange rate. The “incremental share factor” is 23.6051, subject to the same proportional adjustment as the base exchange rate. The “applicable stock price” is equal to the average of the closing sale prices of LIN TV Corp.’s common stock over the five trading-day period starting the third trading day following the exchange date of the debentures.

F-27

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Repayment of Principal

The following table summarizes future principal repayments on the Company’s debt agreements:

											2.50%
									61/2% Senior		Exchangeable
			Credit				61/2% Senior		Subordinated		Senior
			Facility		Credit Facility		Subordinated		Notes —		Subordinated
			(Revolver)		(Term Loans)		Notes		Class B		Debentures			Total
Final maturity date				11/4/2011		11/4/2011		5/15/2013		5/15/2013		5/15/2033	(1)
	2006			—		—		—		—		—			—
	2007			—		10,313		—		—		—			10,313
	2008			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	2009			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	2010			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	Thereafter			41,000		140,937		375,000		190,000		125,000	(1)		871,937
		Total		41,000		275,000		375,000		190,000		125,000	(1)		1,006,000

(1)  The holders of the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures can require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the debentures on each of May 15, 2008, 2013, 2018, 2023 and 2028.

The fair values of the Company’s long-term debt are estimated based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The carrying amounts and fair values of long-term debt were as follows at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005		2004
Carrying amount	$	981,714	$	632,841
Fair value		967,327		649,128

Note 8 — Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has several stock-based employee compensation plans, including the Company’s 1998 Option Plan, Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan, Sunrise Option Plan and Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Plan (collectively, the “Option Plans”), which permits the Company to grant nonqualified options in the Company’s class A common stock or restricted stock units, which convert into the Company’s class A common stock upon vesting, to certain directors, officers and key employees of the Company.

Following the guidance prescribed in SFAS 123R and SAB 107, on October 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective method, and accordingly, the Company has not restated the consolidated results of income from prior interim periods and fiscal years. Under SFAS 123R, the Company is required to measure compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognize compensation expense over the service period that the awards are expected to vest. Restricted stock and stock options issued under the Company’s equity plans as well as stock purchases under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan are subject to the provisions of SFAS 123R.

Prior to October 1, 2005, the Company accounted for employee stock-based compensation using the intrinsic method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) as permitted by SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), and SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation —

F-28

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Transition and Disclosure.” Under the intrinsic method, the difference between the market price on the date of grant and the exercise price is charged to the results of operations over the vesting period. Accordingly, the Company was not required to recognize compensation cost for stock options issued at fair market value to its employees or shares issued under the employee stock purchase plan. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company recognized compensation cost only for restricted stock and for stock options issued with exercise prices set below market prices on the date of grant or when there were modifications to the original terms of an employee stock option agreements. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense on the consolidated statements of income under APB 25 of $1.9 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and $0.5 million and $0.1 million for years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Upon adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company recognized the compensation expense associated with awards granted after October 1, 2005, and the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding as of October 1, 2005 for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R of $1.9 million for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 of which $0.7 million related to restricted stock awards, $0.7 million related to employee stock options, $0.1 million related to shares purchased under the employee stock purchase plan and $0.4 million for modifications to stock option agreements. There were no capitalized stock-based compensation costs for three-month period ended December 31, 2005.

The Company had not yet recognized total compensation cost related to nonvested employee stock options of $1.1 million as of December 31, 2005 that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2 years. In addition, the Company had not yet recognized total compensation cost related to nonvested employee stock awards of $13.0 million as of December 31, 2005 that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

In accordance with SFAS 123R, the Company’s deferred stock-based compensation balance of $4.0 million as of September 30, 2005, which was accounted for under APB 25, was reclassified into the paid-in-capital account. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as cash flow from financing activities rather than as cash flow from operations.

F-29

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table presents the stock-based compensation expense recognized on the consolidated statements of income under SFAS 123R for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 and the stock-based compensation expense recognized on the consolidated statements of income under APB 25 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):

				Based on the Accounting Rules Under
				SFAS 123R			APB 25
				For the			For the			For Year
	For Year			Three-Month			Nine-Month			Ended
	Ended			Period Ended			Period Ended			December 31,
	December 31,			December 31,			September 30,
	2005			2005			2005			2004			2003
Employee stock purchase plans		33			33			—			—			—
Employee stock option plans		707			707			—			—			—
Restricted stock unit awards		767			703			64			59			—
Modifications to stock option agreements	$	2,231		$	423		$	1,808		$	360		$	147
Share-based compensation expense before tax		3,738			1,866			1,872			419			147
Income tax benefit		(1,308	)		(653	)		(655	)		(147	)		(51	)
Net stock-based compensation expense	$	2,430		$	1,213		$	1,217		$	272		$	96

The Company recorded modifications to the stock option agreements of $2.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million for years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 impacting 33 employees in 2005, 10 employees in 2004 and 4 employees in 2003.

The modifications to the stock option agreements primarily related to a change in the 1998 Option Plan agreements allowing terminated employees the same contractual terms as the 2002 Option Plans regarding the length of time to exercise options upon termination. In addition, certain employee option agreements granted in 1998 contained a provision requiring the Company to make cash payments to employees when employees exercised their options and the market price of the Company’s class A common stock was below the exercise price of the option. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had recorded a liability of $1.8 million related to this provision and for the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company made cash payments totaling $0.2 million in connection with this provision.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company had received cash of $2.1 million from the exercise of stock options, phantom stock units and restricted stock. The Company did not realize windfall tax benefits from the exercise of stock options and restricted stock due to net operating loss carryforwards. The Company uses the first vested, first-exercised basis in accounting for option exercises.

Employee Tender Offer to Exchange Stock Options for Restricted Stock. On December 22, 2005, the Company completed a tender offer that permitted employees to exchange outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s class A common stock, for restricted stock awards. The tender offer resulted in the exchange of 3,045,190 options for 1,015,467 shares of restricted stock awards.

Stock Option Plans. Options granted under the Option Plans generally vest over a four-year or five-year service period, using the graded vesting attribution method, and may vest earlier based upon the achievement of specific performance-based objectives set by the Board of Directors. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. The Company issues new shares of its class A common

F-30

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

stock when options are exercised. There were 7,138,000 shares authorized under the various Option Plans for grant and 4,914,000 shares available for future grant as of December 31, 2005. Both the shares authorized and shares available exclude 1,181,000 shares under the 1998 Stock Plan which the Company does not intend to re-grant and considers unavailable for future grants.

The following table provides additional information regarding the Option Plans (shares in thousands):

Stock Options Plans:

	2005					2004					2003
				Weighted-					Weighted-					Weighted-
				Average					Average					Average
				Exercise					Exercise					Exercise
	Shares			Price		Shares			Price		Shares			Price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year		4,179		$	21.14		3,510		$	20.83		2,957		$	20.19
Granted during the year		457			14.03		1,006			22.63		697			23.56
Exercised or converted during the year		(108	)		10.90		(29	)		20.89		(69	)		19.34
Forfeited during the year		(573	)		22.46		(308	)		22.55		(75	)		22.12
Exchange for restricted stock awards		(3,045	)		22.46		—			—		—			—
Outstanding at the end of the year		910		$	13.54		4,179		$	21.14		3,510		$	20.83
Exercisable or convertible at the end of the year		454					2,196					1,809
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	$	750				$	108				$	311
Total fair value of options vested during the year	$	3,890				$	3,188				$	3,035

The following table summarizes information about the Option Plans at December 31, 2005 (shares in thousands):

	Options Outstanding						Options Vested
			Weighted-
			Average		Weighted-				Weighted-
			Remaining		Average				Average
	Number		Contractual		Exercise		Number		Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices	Outstanding		Life		Price		Exercisable		Price
$10.50 to $14.99		806		5.9	$	12.78		396	$	11.65
$15.00 to $19.99		45		4.7		21.72		10		21.49
$20.00 to $24.99		59		4.7		21.72		48		21.49
		910		5.8	$	13.80		454	$	12.90
Weighted average remaining contractual life				5.8						2.4
Total intrinsic value			$	179					$	179

F-31

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), SAB No. 107 and the Company’s prior period pro forma disclosures of net earnings, including stock-based compensation (determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123). The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, based on a single employee group, and the graded vesting approach with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	2005	2004	2003
Expected term	4.5 years	3 to 10 years	2 to 5 years
Expected volatility(3)	24%	24%	30%
Expected dividends	$0.00	$0.00	$0.00
Risk-free rate(2)	3.7 - 4.4%	2.0 - 4.4%	1.5 - 3.25%

(1)	The expected term was estimated using the historical and expected terms of similar broadcast companies whose expected term information was publicly available, as the Company’s historical share option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis to estimate expected term.
(2)	The risk-free interest rate for each grant is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar expected life.
(3)	The stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s common stock since the Company’s initial public offering in May 2002 as well as comparison to peer companies.

Restricted Stock Awards: Restricted stock awards granted under the Option Plans during 2005 had a straight-line vesting term of five years and are amortized using the graded vesting attribution method, Stock awards to directors in lieu of director fees are immediately vested. The Company granted 1,291,000 shares of restricted stock, 3,900 shares of restricted stock and 1,340 shares of unrestricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, 1,286,000 shares of restricted stock were unvested.

The following table provides additional information regarding the Restricted Stock Awards (shares in thousands):

Restricted Stock Awards

	2005					2004					2003
				Weighted					Weighted					Weighted
				Average					Average					Average
	Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value
Non vested at the beginning of the year		—					—					—
Granted during the year		1,291		$	13.27		(4	)	$	20.89		(1	)	$	23.32
Vested during the year		(2	)		13.90		(4	)		20.89		(1	)		23.32
Forfeited during the year		(3	)		14.88		—					—
Non vested at the end of the year		1,286		$	13.27		—			—		—			—
Total fair value of awards vested during the year	$	33		$	13.90	$	59			—	$	55			—

Phantom Stock Units Plan. Pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Phantom Stock Units Plan (“Phantom Stock Units Plan”), and as partial consideration for the acquisition of LIN Television by the Company in 1998, phantom units exercisable into shares of LIN TV class A common stock with a $0 exercise price, were issued to the Company’s officers and key employees. As a non-compensatory element of

F-32

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

the total purchase price of LIN Television, the phantom units are not subject to variable accounting and any cash paid on the exercise of the phantom units is accounted for as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

The phantom units expire ten years from the date of issuance, are non-forfeitable, and are exercisable at a date selected by the holder within the ten-year term.

The following table provides additional information regarding the 1998 Phantom Stock Units Plan (shares in thousands):

1998 Phantom Stock Units Plan

	2005			2004			2003
	Shares			Shares			Shares
Outstanding at the beginning of the year		328			525			675
Exercised during the year		(142	)		(197	)		(150	)
Outstanding at the end of the year		186			328			525
Exercisable or convertible at the end of the year		186			328			525
Total intrinsic value of shares exercised during the year	$	2,189		$	4,079		$	3,361
Weighted average remaining contractual term		3			4			5

Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under the terms of LIN TV Corp.’s 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees of the Company may have up to 10% of eligible compensation deducted from their pay to purchase shares of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock. The purchase price of each share is 85% of the average of the high and low per share trading price of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on the last trading day of each month during the offering period. There are 600,000 shares authorized for grant under this plan and 365,000 shares available for future grant. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, employees purchased 74,139 shares at a weighted average price of $12.43. As the discount offered to employees is in excess of the Company’s per share public offering issuance costs, the ESPP is considered compensatory.

Note 9 — Derivative Instruments

The 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures have certain embedded derivative features that are required to be separately identified and recorded at fair value with a mark-to-market adjustment required each quarter. The fair value of these derivatives on issuance of the debentures was $21.1 million and this amount was recorded as an original issue discount and is being accreted through interest expense over the period to May 2008. The derivative features are recorded at fair market value in other liabilities. The Company has recorded a gain on derivative instruments in connection with the mark-to-market of these derivative features of $3.1 million, $15.2 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

During 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in the notional amount of $100.0 million to manage exposure to interest rate risk associated with the variable rate portion of its credit facility. This agreement is not designated as a hedging instrument under SFAS No. 133. The fair value of this agreement at December 31, 2005 was an asset of $1.6 million. Other (income) expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a gain of $1.6 million from the mark-to-market of this derivative instrument.

F-33

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 10 — Related Party Transactions

Financial Advisory Agreement. Prior to November 1, 2005, the Company had been party to an agreement with an affiliate of Hicks Muse, which provided for reimbursement of certain expenses to Hicks Muse incurred in connection with certain financial consulting services. The Company incurred fees under this arrangement of $16,000, $17,000 and $67,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Financial Advisory Agreement was terminated on November 1, 2005 at no cost to the Company.

Centennial Cable of Puerto Rico: Centennial Cable of Puerto Rico, in which Hicks Muse has a substantial economic interest, provides the Company advertising and promotional services. The Company recorded barter revenue of $0.6 million and recorded barter expense of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 in connection with transactions with Centennial Cable of Puerto Rico. There was no activity in 2004 and 2003.

Banks Broadcasting Inc.: The Company provides Banks Broadcasting certain management, engineering and related services for a fixed fee. Hicks Muse has substantial economic interest in 21st Century Group, LLC, which owns 18% of Banks Broadcasting. Prior to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting in accordance with FIN 46(R), the Company recognized approximately $50,000 in management fee income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 under the management services agreement.

Note 11 — Retirement Plans

401(k) Plan. The Company provides a defined contribution plan (“401(k) Plan”) to substantially all employees. The Company makes contributions to employee groups that are not covered by another retirement plan sponsored by the Company. Contributions made by the Company vest based on the employee’s years of service. Vesting begins after six months of service in 20% annual increments until the employee is 100% vested after five years. The Company matches 50% of the employee’s contribution up to 6% of the employee’s total annual compensation. The Company contributed $2.4 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million to the 401(k) Plan in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Retirement Plans. The Company has a number of noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans covering certain of its employees in the United States and Puerto Rico. Contributions are based on periodic actuarial valuations and are charged to operations on a systematic basis over the expected average remaining service lives of current employees. The net pension expense is assessed in accordance with the advice of professionally qualified actuaries. The benefits under the defined benefit plans are based on years of service and compensation.

The benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for retirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, were $103.7 million, $96.7 million and $72.5 million at December 31, 2005, $96.7 million, $90.7 million and $70.1 million at December 31, 2004, $90.1 million, $83.2 million and $64.2 million at December 31, 2003, respectively.

F-34

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The components of the net pension expense included in the financial statements and information with respect to the change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, the funded status of the retirement plans and underlying assumptions are as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

		Year Ended December 31,
		2005			2004			2003
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of period		$	96,677		$	90,069		$	76,711
	Service cost		2,254			1,990			1,827
	Interest cost		5,404			5,506			5,243
	Plan amendments		—			—			122
	Actuarial loss		2,945			5,035			8,920
	Benefits paid		(3,575	)		(5,923	)		(2,754	)
Benefit obligation, end of period		$	103,705		$	96,677		$	90,069
Change in plan assets
	Fair value of plan assets, beginning of period	$	70,090		$	64,209		$	55,375
	Actual return on plan assets		5,038			7,136			11,552
	Employer contributions		928			4,668			36
	Benefits paid		(3,575	)		(5,923	)		(2,754	)
	Fair value of plan assets, end of period	$	72,481		$	70,090		$	64,209
	Funded status of the plan	$	(31,224	)	$	(26,587	)	$	(25,860	)
	Unrecognized actuarial gain		23,784			21,035			17,878
	Unrecognized prior service cost		1,176			1,347			1,518
	Total amount recognized and accrued benefit liability	$	(6,264	)	$	(4,205	)	$	(6,464	)

Amounts recognized in the balance sheets consist of (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2005			2004
Accrued benefit cost	$	(23,288	)	$	(20,353	)
Intangible assets		1,526			1,780
Additional minimum liability		(170	)		(222	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		15,668			14,590
Net amount recognized	$	(6,264	)	$	(4,205	)

F-35

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Service cost	$	2,254		$	1,990		$	1,827
Interest cost		5,404			5,506			5,243
Expected return on plan assets		(5,763	)		(5,627	)		(5,631	)
Amortization of prior service cost		171			171			166
Amortization of net loss (gain)		922			369			250
Net periodic benefit cost	$	2,988		$	2,409		$	1,855

Assumptions:

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31:

	2005		2004		2003
Discount rate		5.50 - 5.75%		5.75 - 6.00%		6.00 - 6.25%
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets		8.25%		8.25%		8.25%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00 - 4.50%		4.00 - 4.50%		4.00 - 5.00%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31:

	2005		2004		2003
Discount rate		5.75 - 6.00%		6.00 - 6.25%		6.75%
Expected long term rate of return plan assets		8.25%		8.25%		8.25%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00 - 4.50%		4.00 - 5.00%		4.00 - 5.00%

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

The Company had recorded $15.7 million, $14.6 million and $10.5 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to its minimum pension liability as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

The Company’s pension plan assets are invested in a manner consistent with the fiduciary standards of ERISA. Plan investments are made with the safeguards and diversity to which a prudent investor would adhere and all transactions undertaken are for the sole benefit of plan participants and their beneficiaries.

The Company’s investment objective is to obtain the highest possible return commensurate with the level of assumed risk. Fund performances are compared to benchmarks including the S&P 500 Index, S&P MidCap Index, Russell 2000 Index, MSCI EAFE Index, and Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was made considering the Retirement Plan’s asset mix, historical returns on equity securities, and expected yields to maturity for debt securities.

F-36

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The asset allocation for the Retirement Plan at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the target allocation for December 31, 2005, by asset category, are as follows:

			Percentage of
			Plan Assets at
			December 31,
	Target
Asset Category	Allocation 2005		2005			2004
Equity securities		60 - 70%		70	%		69	%
Debt securities		30 - 40%		30	%		31	%
		100%		100	%		100	%

Contributions. The Company does not currently have minimum funding requirements, as set forth in ERISA and federal tax laws. The Company contributed $0.9 million and $4.7 million to the Retirement Plan in 2005 and 2004, respectively, but did not contribute in 2003. The Company anticipates contributing $1.6 million to the Retirement Plan in 2006.

Note 12 — Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments. The Company leases land, buildings, vehicles and equipment under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2011. Commitments for non-cancelable operating lease payments at December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):

2006	$	1,471
2007		1,072
2008		846
2009		872
2010		758
2011		529
Thereafter		9,066
	$	14,614

Rent expense included in the consolidated statements of operations was $2.1 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million for years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The Company has entered into commitments for future syndicated news, entertainment, and sports programming. Future payments associated with these commitments at December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):

2006	$	31,211
2007		26,741
2008		19,025
2009		13,479
2010		9,563
2011		6,195
Thereafter		4,211
Total obligations		110,425
Less recorded contracts		37,718
Future contracts	$	72,707

F-37

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company has commitments aggregating up to $0.7 million to pay future minimum periodic fees related to local marketing agreements for KNVA-TV, WNAC-TV and WBPG-TV.

The Company is party to an asset purchase agreement under which it has agreed to acquire WBPG-TV for $3.0 million pending FCC regulatory approval. In addition, the Company has purchase option agreements to acquire WNAC-TV and KNVA-TV with a commitment to pay $0.9 million and an additional $1.2 million if the Company exercises these options.

Contingencies

GECC Note

In connection with the formation of the joint venture with NBC, GECC provided an $815.5 million 25-year non-amortizing senior secured note bearing an initial interest rate of 8.0% per annum until March 2, 2013 and 9% per annum thereafter. The joint venture has historically produced cash flows to support the interest payments and to maintain minimum levels of required working capital reserves. In addition, the joint venture has made cash distributions to the Company and to NBC from the excess cash generated by the joint venture of approximately $32.6 million on average each year during the past three years. Accordingly, the Company expects that the interest payments on the GECC note will be serviced solely by the cash flow of the joint venture. The GECC note is not an obligation of the Company, but is recourse to the joint venture, the Company’s equity interests therein and to LIN TV Corp., pursuant to a guarantee. If the joint venture were unable to pay principal or interest on the GECC note and GECC could not otherwise get its money back from the joint venture, GECC could require LIN TV Corp. to pay the shortfall of any outstanding amounts under the GECC note. If this happened, the Company could experience material adverse consequences, including:

•  GECC could force LIN TV Corp. to sell the stock of LIN Television held by LIN TV Corp. to satisfy outstanding amounts under the GECC note;

•  if more than 50% of the ownership of LIN Television had to be sold to satisfy the GECC Note, it could cause an acceleration of the Company’s senior credit facility and other outstanding indebtedness; or

•  if the GECC note is prepaid because of an acceleration on default or otherwise, or if the note is repaid at maturity, the Company may incur a substantial tax liability.

The joint venture is approximately 80% owned by NBC, and NBC controls the operations of the stations through a management contract. Therefore, the operation and profitability of those stations and the likelihood of a default under the GECC note are primarily within NBC’s control.

Litigation. The Company currently and from time to time is involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of its business. In the opinion of the Company’s management, none of such litigation as of December 31, 2005 is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

F-38

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 13 — Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. Provision for (benefit from) income taxes included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations consisted of the following (in thousands):

	2005		2004			2003
Current:
Federal	$	318	$	441		$	—
State		469		560			823
Foreign		3,646		4,887			3,168
		4,433		5,888			3,991
Deferred:
Federal		7,008		(27,287	)		3,652
State		2,886		952			(295	)
Foreign		438		1,416			1,881
		10,332		(24,919	)		5,238
	$	14,765	$	(19,031	)	$	9,229

The components of the (loss) income before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

	2005			2004		2003
Domestic	$	(20,415	)	$	56,534	$	(92,611	)
Foreign		9,039			15,423		11,255
(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	(11,376	)	$	71,957	$	(81,356	)

The following table reconciles the amount that would be calculated by applying the 35% federal statutory rate to (loss) income before income taxes to the actual provision for (benefit from) income taxes (in thousands):

	2005			2004			2003
Provision (benefit) assuming federal statutory rate	$	(3,755	)	$	25,397		$	(28,475	)
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		(68	)		1,026			382
Foreign taxes, net of federal tax benefits		2,079			3,503			2,727
Change in valuation allowance		2,299			(50,130	)		33,787
Executive compensation		1,323			—			—
Impairment of Goodwill		11,698			—			—
Other		1,189			1,173			808
	$	14,765		$	(19,031	)	$	9,229

F-39

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The components of the net deferred tax liability are as follows at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005			2004
Deferred tax liabilities:
Equity investments	$	266,789		$	266,708
Intangible assets		257,105			235,403
Property and equipment		16,098			18,424
Minority interest		5,856			5,249
Other		12,500			9,012
		558,348			534,796
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards		(98,899	)		(86,991	)
Other		(29,451	)		(7,474	)
Valuation allowance		9,621			5,364
		(118,729	)		(89,101	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	439,619		$	445,695

The Company maintains a valuation allowance related to its deferred tax asset position when management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. The Company maintained a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2005 on its state net operating loss carryforwards of $7.7 million. Included in the Company’s valuation allowance is $1.6 million of deferred tax assets recorded in connection with the acquisition of Sunrise Television Corp. in 2002. Additionally, the Company recorded a state valuation allowance in the amount of $1.9 million related to the deferred tax assets acquired as part of the Viacom and Emmis Station acquisitions.

At December 31, 2005, the Company anticipates sufficient taxable income in years when the temporary differences are expected to become tax deductions and believes that it will realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowance.

During 2004, based on all available evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that all of its deferred tax assets would be realized, except as noted above. As a result, the Company reduced its valuation allowance by $86.1 million. In addition to the $50.1 million recorded as a benefit against the 2004 provision for income taxes, $34.7 million of the reduction was recorded against Sunrise Television’s intangible assets and $1.3 million was recorded to additional paid in capital. These entries had no impact on the Company’s cash flow. This reversal was offset by an increased tax provision related to recording increased US source income from continuing operations of $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

The Company records deferred tax liabilities relating to the difference in the book basis and tax basis of goodwill and intangibles. Prior to January 1, 2002, the reversals of those deferred tax liabilities were utilized to support the recognition of deferred tax assets (primarily consisting of net operating loss carryforwards) recorded by the Company. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 142, those deferred tax liabilities will no longer reverse on a scheduled basis and can no longer be utilized to support the realization of deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $260.7 million that begins to expire in 2019. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, future substantial changes in the Company’s ownership could limit the amount of net

F-40

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

operating loss carryforwards that could be used annually to offset future taxable income and income tax liability.

Note 14 — Share Repurchase Program

On August 17, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $200.0 million of LIN TV’s class A common stock. Share repurchases under the program may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. During the year ended December 31, 2005 the Company repurchased 368,728 shares of LIN TV common stock for $4.8 million.

Note 15 — Unaudited Quarterly Data

		Quarter Ended
		March 31,			June 30,		September 30,		December 31,
		2005			2005		2005		2005
Net revenues		$	78,844		$	99,010	$	91,003	$	111,527
Operating income (loss)			8,517			23,992		18,501		(8,640	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations			(10,320	)		10,095		3,786		(29,702	)
Net (loss) income			(10,320	)		10,095		3,786		(29,702	)
Basic income per common share:
	(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(0.20	)	$	0.20	$	0.07	$	(0.58	)
	Net (loss) income		(0.20	)		0.20		0.07		(0.58	)
Weighted — average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating (loss) income per common share:
	Basic		50,512			50,633		50,702		51,212
	Diluted		50,512			54,236		50,801		51,212
Diluted income per common share:
	(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(0.20	)	$	0.19	$	0.07	$	(0.58	)
	Net (loss) income		(0.20	)		0.19		0.07		(0.58	)

F-41

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

		Quarter Ended
		March 31,			June 30,			September 30,		December 31,
		2004			2004			2004		2004
Net revenues		$	80,319		$	96,831		$	91,438	$	108,131
Operating income			15,116			28,578			22,879		34,434
Income from continuing operations			(1,996	)		15,926			14,816		62,242
Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax			—			(1,284	)		—		—
Net income			1,363			14,617			14,816		62,242
Basic income per common share:
	Income from continuing operations	$	(0.04	)	$	0.32		$	0.29	$	1.23
	Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			0.03			—		—
	Net income		0.03			0.29			0.29		1.23
Weighted — average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating income per common share:
	Basic		50,194			50,271			50,350		50,423
	Diluted		50,194			54,084			54,314		54,095
Diluted income per common share:
	Income from continuing operations	$	(0.04	)	$	0.29		$	0.27	$	1.15
	Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			0.02			—		—
	Net income		0.03			0.27			0.27		1.15

Note 16 — Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

			Year Ended December 31,
			2005			2004		2003
Cash paid for interest			$	40,289		$	39,885	$	52,722
Cash paid for income taxes				1,638			5,621		5,758
Non-cash investing activities:
On March 31, 2005, the Company acquired the broadcast license and the operating assets and liabilities of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV for $85.0 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license and operating assets acquired		$	128,032
	Cash paid			(85,000	)
		Liabilities assumed	$	43,032
On November 29, 2005, the Company acquired the broadcast license and the operating assets and liabilities of KRQE-TV, WALA-TV, WLUK-TV, WTHI-TV and the local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV for $257.2 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license and operating assets acquired		$	272,473
	Cash paid			(257,174	)
		Liabilities assumed	$	15,299

F-42

LIN TV Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

			Year Ended December 31,
			2005	2004			2003
On January 14, 2004, the Company acquired the broadcast license of WIRS-TV for $4.5 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license acquired			$	4,450
	Cash paid				(4,450	)
		Liabilities assumed		$	—
On May 6, 2004, the Company acquired the broadcast license of WTIN-TV for $4.9 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license acquired			$	4,923
	Cash paid				(4,923	)
		Liabilities assumed		$	—

Note 17 — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

	Balance at		Charged to					Balance at
	Beginning of Period		Operations			Deductions		End of Period
Year ended December 31, 2005 Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	1,450	$	(140	)	$	162	$	1,148
Year ended December 31, 2004 Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	1,646	$	320		$	516	$	1,450
Year ended December 31, 2003 Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,562	$	(198	)	$	718	$	1,646

Note 18 — Subsequent Events

UPN and WB Television Networks. On January 24, 2006, the UPN and WB networks announced they would cease operating as a network and would no longer provide programming after September 20, 2006. Seven of the Company’s stations are either UPN or WB network affiliates. These stations currently receive an average of two to three hours of daily programming from these networks and the revenue associated with these network-programmed time periods is less than 1.5% of the Company’s consolidated net revenues. We believe that we have three options for these stations: (1) affiliate with the newly created CW television network, (2) affiliate with the newly created My Network TV or (3) operate as an independent station, unaffiliated with any network. The Company also believes that the dissolution of the WB and UPN networks will not have a material impact on its net revenues or operating income.

F-43

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of LIN Television Corporation:

We have completed integrated audits of LIN Television Corporation’s 2005 and 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and an audit of its 2003 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LIN Television Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, effective March 31, 2004, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51, relating to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting, Inc.

As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, effective October 1, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123(R), Share Based Payment.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-44

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the following stations from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 because they were acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination on November 29, 2005: KRQE-TV, WALA-TV, WLUK-TV, WTHI-TV, and the local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV. We have also excluded these stations from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Each of these stations is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 11% and 2%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 16, 2006

F-45

LIN Television Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

				December 31,
				2005			2004
				(In thousands, except
				share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents				$	11,135		$	14,797
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts (2005 — $1,148; 2004 — $1,450)					85,575			70,639
Program rights					25,960			17,312
Other current assets					3,534			3,790
	Total current assets				126,204			106,538
Property and equipment, net					237,676			197,565
Deferred financing costs					20,173			11,060
Equity investments					63,526			65,813
Program rights					7,307			12,165
Goodwill					623,383			583,105
Broadcast licenses and other intangible assets, net					1,308,598			1,066,135
Other assets					19,766			16,043
			Total assets	$	2,406,633		$	2,058,424
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt				$	—		$	6,573
Accounts payable					8,292			7,774
Accrued interest expense					6,553			8,118
Accrued sales volume discount					5,287			6,462
Other accrued expenses					23,480			13,483
Program obligations					30,375			23,278
	Total current liabilities				73,987			65,688
Long-term debt, excluding current portion					981,714			626,268
Deferred income taxes, net					439,619			445,695
Program obligations					7,343			12,008
Other liabilities					60,540			38,344
		Total liabilities			1,563,203			1,188,003
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12) Preferred stock of Banks Broadcasting, Inc., $0.01 par value, 179,322 and 173,822 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively					14,558			14,458
Stockholders’ equity:
Additional paid-in capital					1,077,225			1,072,320
Investment in parent company’s common stock, at cost					(4,777	)		—
Accumulated deficit					(227,908	)		(201,767	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss					(15,668	)		(14,590	)
		Total stockholders’ equity			828,872			855,963
			Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ equity	$	2,406,633		$	2,058,424

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-46

LIN Television Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

		Year Ended December 31,
		2005			2004			2003
		(In thousands,
		except per share information)
Net revenues		$	380,384		$	376,719		$	344,239
Operating costs and expenses:
	Direct operating (excluding depreciation of $32.4 million, $31.3 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively)		113,317			103,952			101,444
	Selling, general and administrative		107,548			95,553			88,876
	Amortization of program rights		28,108			25,310			24,441
	Corporate		21,252			18,586			16,216
	Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			32,311			31,890
	Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		33,421			—			51,665
Total operating costs and expenses			338,014			275,712			314,532
Operating income			42,370			101,007			29,707
Other expense, net:
	Interest expense, net		47,041			45,761			59,490
	Share of income in equity investments		(2,543	)		(7,428	)		(478	)
	Minority interest in loss of Banks Broadcasting, Inc.		(451	)		(454	)		—
	Gain on derivative instruments		(4,691	)		(15,227	)		(2,620	)
	Loss on early extinguishment of debt		14,395			4,447			53,621
	Other, net		(5	)		1,951			1,050
Total other expense, net			53,746			29,050			111,063
(Loss) income from continuing operations before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			(11,376	)		71,957			(81,356	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes			14,765			(19,031	)		9,229
(Loss) income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			(26,141	)		90,988			(90,585	)
Discontinued operations:
	(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax provision of $206 and $824 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively		—			(44	)		17
	Loss (gain) from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax (benefit) provision of $(1,094) and $109 for years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively		—			1,284			(212	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of a tax effect of $0			—			(3,290	)		—
Net (loss) income		$	(26,141	)	$	93,038		$	(90,390	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-47

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

														Investment
														In Parent
											Accumulated			Company’s
		Common Stock				Additional					Other			Common			Total
						Paid-In		Accumulated			Comprehensive			Stock, at			Stockholders’			Comprehensive
		Shares		Amount		Capital		Deficit			Loss			cost			Equity			(Loss) Income
		(In thousands, except for number of shares)
Balance at December 31, 2002			1,000	$	—	$	1,064,620	$	(204,415	)	$	—			—		$	860,205		$	—
	Minimum additional pension liability		—		—		—		—			(10,459	)		—			(10,459	)		(10,459	)
	Exercises of stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances		—		—		2,631		—			—			—			2,631
	Issuance of class A common shares in exchange for class B common shares		—		—		—		—			—			—			—
	Stock-based compensation		—		—		147		—			—			—			147
	Net loss		—		—		—		(90,390	)		—			—			(90,390	)		(90,390	)
	Comprehensive loss — 2003																			$	(100,849	)
Balance at December 31, 2003			1,000	$	—	$	1,067,398	$	(294,805	)	$	(10,459	)		—		$	762,134
	Minimum additional pension liability		—		—		—		—			(4,131	)					(4,131	)		(4,131	)
	Exercises of stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances		—		—		1,818		—			—			—			1,818
	Issuance of class A common shares in exchange for class B common shares		—		—		—		—			—			—			—
	Reversal of deferred tax allowance		—		—		2,685		—			—			—			2,685
	Stock-based compensation		—		—		419		—			—			—			419
	Net income		—		—		—		93,038			—			—			93,038			93,038
	Comprehensive income — 2004																			$	88,907
Balance at December 31, 2004			1,000	$	—	$	1,072,320	$	(201,767	)	$	(14,590	)		—		$	855,963
	Minimum additional pension liability		—		—		—		—			(1,078	)		—			(1,078	)		(1,078	)
	Exercises of stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances		—		—		2,125		—			—			—			2,125
	Issuance of class A common shares in exchange for class B common shares		—		—		—		—			—			—			—
	Tax benefit from stock exercises		—		—		1,030		—			—			—			1,030
	Stock-based compensation		—		—		1,750		—			—			—			1,750
	Investment in parent company’s common stock		—		—				—			—			(4,777	)		(4,777	)
	Net loss		—		—		—		(26,141	)		—			—			(26,141	)		(26,141	)
	Comprehensive loss — 2005																			$	(27,219	)
Balance at December 31, 2005			1,000	$	—	$	1,077,225	$	(227,908	)	$	(15,668	)		(4,777	)	$	828,872

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-48

LIN Television Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

			Year Ended December 31,
			2005			2004			2003
			(In thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)			$	(26,141	)	$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
	Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
		Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			32,311			31,890
		Amortization of financing costs and note discounts		6,751			8,022			14,053
		Amortization of program rights		28,108			25,310			24,835
		Program payments		(29,033	)		(25,050	)		(23,029	)
		Program payment buyouts		(21,420	)		—			—
		Loss on extinguishment of debt		14,395			4,447			53,621
		Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax impact		—			(3,290	)		—
		Gain on derivative instruments		(4,691	)		(15,227	)		(2,620	)
		Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		33,421			—			51,665
		Share of income in equity investments		(2,543	)		(7,428	)		(478	)
		Deferred income taxes, net		9,622			(24,610	)		6,082
		Stock-based compensation		3,738			419			147
		Other, net		328			(1,501	)		625
	Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and disposals:
		Accounts receivable		(15,544	)		1,280			7
		Other assets		(231	)		(1,754	)		(3,344	)
		Accounts payable		3,400			370			(4,496	)
		Accrued interest expense		(1,565	)		(1,728	)		(5,667	)
		Accrued sales volume discount		(1,175	)		387			660
		Other accrued expenses		7,447			2,796			(1,023	)
Net cash provided by operating activities				39,235			87,792			52,538
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
	Capital expenditures			(18,002	)		(28,810	)		(28,357	)
	Proceeds from sale of broadcast licenses and related operating assets			—			24,000			10,000
	Investment in minority investments			550			(650	)		—
	Distributions from equity investments			4,953			7,948			7,540
	Payments for business combinations, net of cash acquired			(342,172	)		—			—
	Acquisition of broadcast licenses			(232	)		(9,154	)		(1,980	)
	Proceeds from liquidation of short-term investments			—			—			23,691
	USDTV investment and other investments, net			(3,957	)		(896	)		(1,145	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities				(358,860	)		(7,562	)		9,749
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
	Net proceeds on exercises of employee stock options and phantom stock units and employee stock purchase plan issuances			2,125			1,818			2,631
	Proceeds from long-term debt			795,253			—			500,000
	Net (repayments) proceeds from revolver debt			41,000			(22,000	)		22,000
	Principal payments on debt			(494,940	)		(51,560	)		(684,500	)
	Cash expenses associated with early extinguishment of debt			(7,108	)		(3,019	)		(26,456	)
	Investment in parent company’s common stock, at cost			(4,777	)		—			—
	Long-term debt financing costs			(15,590	)		(147	)		(10,347	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities				315,963			(74,908	)		(196,672	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents				(3,662	)		5,322			(134,385	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period				14,797			9,475			143,860
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period			$	11,135		$	14,797		$	9,475

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-49

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

LIN Television Corporation (“LIN Television” or the “Company”), together with its subsidiaries, is a television station group operator in the United States and Puerto Rico. LIN TV Corp. and its subsidiaries are affiliates of Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst, Incorporated (Hicks Muse). LIN TV Corp. is the parent of LIN Television.

LIN TV Corp. guarantees all debt of LIN Television Corporation. All of the consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries of LIN Television Corporation fully and unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s debt on a joint and several basis.

Certain changes in classifications have been made to the prior period financial statements to conform to the current financial statement presentation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described below.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company conducts its business through its subsidiaries and has no operations or assets other than its investment in its subsidiaries. Accordingly, no separate or additional financial information about the subsidiaries or the Company on a stand-alone basis is provided. The Company operates in one reportable segment.

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of ARB No. 51,” the Company’s interest in Banks Broadcasting, Inc. (“Banks Broadcasting”) is consolidated with the Company effective March 31, 2004 (see Note 4 for further discussion of Banks Broadcasting).

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. The Company’s actual results could differ from these estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for the collectibility of receivables and valuing intangible assets, amortization and impairment of program rights, pension costs, barter transactions and net assets of businesses acquired.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid, short-term investments that have an original maturity of three months or less when purchased. The Company’s excess cash is invested primarily in short-term U.S. Government securities and money market funds.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 20 to 30 years for buildings and fixtures, and 3 to 15 years for broadcast and other equipment. Upon retirement or other disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the determination of net income or loss. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

F-50

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Equity investments

The Company’s equity investments are accounted for on the equity method, as the Company does not have a controlling interest. Accordingly, the Company’s share of the net loss or income of its equity investments is included in consolidated net income or loss.

Revenue recognition

Broadcast revenue is recognized during the financial statement period in which advertising is aired. Barter revenue is accounted for at the fair value of the assets or services received, or the advertising time surrendered, whichever is more clearly evident. Management judgment is required to determine which value is more clearly evident. Barter revenue is recorded at the time the advertising is broadcast, and barter expense is recorded at the time the assets or services are used. The Company recognized barter revenue of $10.3 million, $10.1 million and $11.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company incurred barter expense of $10.3 million, $9.9 million and $10.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Advertising expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs in the amounts of $5.2 million, $5.1 million and $4.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets primarily include broadcast licenses, network affiliations and goodwill.

The Company tests the impairment of its broadcast licenses annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of broadcast licenses with their carrying amount on a station-by-station basis using a discounted cash flow valuation method, assuming a hypothetical startup scenario that excludes network compensation payments. The future value of the Company’s broadcast licenses could be significantly impaired by the loss of the corresponding network affiliation agreements. Accordingly, such an event could trigger an assessment of the carrying value of the broadcast licenses.

The Company tests the impairment of its goodwill annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of a station with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of a station is determined through the use of a discounted cash flow analysis. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the station and prevailing values in the markets for broadcasting properties. If the fair value of the station exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount of the station exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by a notional reperformance of the purchase price allocation using the station’s fair value (as determined in Step 1) as the purchase price. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

An impairment assessment of enterprise level goodwill could be triggered by a significant reduction in operating results or cash flows at one or more of the Company’s television stations, or a forecast

F-51

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

of such reductions, a significant adverse change in the advertising marketplaces in which the Company’s television stations operate, or by adverse changes to Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) ownership rules, amongst others.

Network Affiliations

Different broadcast companies may use different assumptions in valuing acquired broadcast licenses and their related network affiliations than those used by the Company. These different assumptions may result in the use of different valuation methods that can result in significant variances in the amount of purchase price allocated to these assets between broadcast companies.

The Company believes that the value of a television station is derived primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license. These attributes have a significant impact on the audience for network programming in a local television market compared to the national viewing patterns of the same network programming. These attributes and their impact on audiences can include:

•  The scarcity of broadcast licenses assigned by the FCC to a particular market determines how many television networks and other program sources are viewed in a particular market.

•  The length of time the broadcast license has been broadcasting. Television stations that have been broadcasting since the late 1940s, generally channels two to thirteen, are viewed more often than newer television stations.

•  VHF stations, (generally channels two to thirteen) are typically viewed more often than UHF stations (generally channels fourteen to sixty-nine) because these stations have been broadcasting longer than UHF stations and because of the inferior UHF signal in the early years of UHF stations.

•  The quality of the broadcast signal and location of the broadcast station within a market (i.e. the value of being licensed in the smallest city within a tri-city market has less value than being licensed in the largest city within a tri-city market.)

•  The audience acceptance of the broadcast licensee’s local news programming and community involvement. A local television station’s news programming that attracts the largest audience in a market generally will provide a larger audience for its network programming.

•  The quality of the other non-network programming carried by the television station. A local television station’s syndication programming that attracts the largest audience in a market generally will provide larger audience lead-ins to its network programming.

A local television station can be the number one station in a market, regardless of the national ranking of its affiliated network, depending on the factors or attributes listed above. ABC, FOX, NBC, and CBS each have multiple affiliations with local television stations that have the largest prime time audience in the local market in which the station operates.

Other broadcasting companies believe that network affiliations are an important component of the value of a station. These companies believe that VHF stations are popular because they have been affiliating with networks from the inception of network broadcasts, stations with network affiliations have the most successful local news programming and the network affiliation relationship enhances the audience for local syndicated programming. As a result, these broadcasting companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation relationship.

The Company generally has acquired broadcast licenses in markets with a number of commercial television stations equal to or less than the number of television networks seeking affiliates. The

F-52

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

methodology the Company used in connection with the valuation of the stations acquired is based on the Company’s evaluation of the broadcast licenses acquired and the characteristics of the markets in which they operated. The Company believed that in substantially all of its markets it would be able to replace a network affiliation agreement with little or no economic loss to the television station. As a result of this assumption, the Company ascribed no incremental value to the incumbent network affiliation in substantially all of its markets the Company operates in beyond the cost of negotiating a new agreement with another network and the value of any terms that were more favorable or unfavorable than those generally prevailing in the market. Other broadcasting companies have valued network affiliations on the basis that it is the affiliation and not the other attributes of the station, including its broadcast license, which contributes to the operating performance of that station. As a result, the Company believes that these broadcasting companies include in their network affiliation valuation amounts related to attributes that the Company believes are more appropriately reflected in the value of the broadcast license or goodwill.

If the Company were to assign higher values to its acquired network affiliation agreements and, therefore, less value to its broadcast licenses, it would have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results. The following chart reflects the hypothetical impact of the hypothetical reassignment of value from broadcast licenses to network affiliations and the resulting increase in amortization expense assuming a 15-year amortization period for the year ended December 31, 2005 (in thousands):

				Percentage of Total Value
				Reassigned to Network
				Affiliation Agreements
	As Reported			50%			25%
Balance Sheet (As of December 31, 2005):
Broadcast licenses	$	1,301,294		$	650,647		$	975,971
Other intangible assets, net (including network affiliation agreements)		630,687			1,151,205			890,946
Statement of Operations (For the year ended December 31, 2005):
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		34,368			77,744			56,056
Operating income (loss)		42,370			(1,006	)		20,682
Loss from continuing operations		(26,141	)		(54,336	)		(40,238	)
Net loss		(26,141	)		(54,336	)		(40,238	)

In future acquisitions, the valuation of the broadcast licenses and network affiliations may differ from those attributable to the Company’s existing stations due to different attributes of each station and the market in which it operates.

Long lived-assets

The Company periodically evaluates the net realizable value of long-lived assets, including tangible and intangible assets, relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows. Impairment in the carrying value of an asset is recognized when the expected future operating cash flow derived from the asset is less than its carrying value.

F-53

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Program rights

Program rights are recorded as assets when the license period begins and the programs are available for broadcasting, at the gross amount of the related obligations. Costs incurred in connection with the purchase of programs to be broadcast within one year are classified as current assets, while costs of those programs to be broadcast subsequently are considered non-current. The program costs are charged to operations over their estimated broadcast periods using the straight-line method.

If the projected future net revenues associated with a program are less than the current carrying value of the program rights due to poor ratings, the Company would be required to write-down the program rights assets to equal the amount of projected future net revenues. If the actual usage of the program rights is on a more accelerated basis than straight-line over the life of the contract, the Company would be required to write-down the program rights to equal the lesser of the amount of projected future net revenues or the average cost per run multiplied by the number of remaining runs.

Program obligations are classified as current or non-current in accordance with the payment terms of the license agreement.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

At December 31, 2005, the Company had four stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 8. On October 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” and its related implementation guidance in accounting for stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the modified prospective approach. This statement requires the Company to estimate the fair value of stock- based awards exchanged for employee services and recognize compensation cost based on this fair value over the requisite service period. The Company is electing the short-cut method to calculate the amount of the historical pool of windfall tax benefits as permitted under the FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards”.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock awards using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and prior period pro forma disclosures of net earnings, including stock-based compensation as determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). The Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables to be assumed in the calculation (including the option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock) and the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. The expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the Company’s historical exercise patterns. Price volatility is based on historical volatilities of Company’s common stock and its expected forfeitures are estimated using the Company’s historical experience and of the common stock of peer group companies engaged in the broadcasting business. If actual results or future changes in estimates differ significantly from the Company’s current estimates, stock-based compensation expense and its results of operations could be materially impacted.

F-54

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table presents the stock compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income and recognized in accordance with SFAS 123R for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 and the stock compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income and recognized in accordance with APB 25 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

				Based on the Accounting Rules Under
				SFAS 123R			APB 25
				For the Three			For the Nine
	For Year			Month Period			Month Period			For Year Ended
	Ended			Ended			Ended			December 31,
	December 31,			December 31,			September 31,
	2005			2005			2005			2004			2003
Direct operating	$	201		$	201		$	—		$	—		$	—
Selling, general and administrative		746			421			325			63			147
Corporate		2,791			1,244			1,547			356
Share-based compensation expense before tax		3,738			1,866			1,872			419			147
Income tax benefit		(1,308	)		(653	)		(655	)		(147	)		(51	)
Net stock-based compensation expense	$	2,430		$	1,213		$	1,217		$	272		$	96
Net stock-based compensation expense as if presented on the accounting rules under APB 25	$	1,949		$	732		$	1,217		$	272		$	96

The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation (in thousands) for the periods prior to October 1, 2005:

	For the Period			Year Ended
	Ended			December 31,
	September 30,
	2005			2004			2003
Net income (loss), as reported	$	3,561		$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense, included in reported net income (loss), net of tax effect		1,106			216			88
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of tax effect		(1,287	)		(2,849	)		(3,005	)
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	3,380		$	90,405		$	(93,307	)

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is applied against

F-55

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

net deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments and trade receivables. Concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents and investments are limited as the Company maintains its primary banking relationships with only large nationally recognized institutions. Credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited, as the trade receivables are primarily from advertising revenues generated from a large diversified group of local and nationally recognized advertisers. The Company does not require collateral or other security against trade receivable balances, however, it does maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations for all years presented.

Fair value of financial instruments

Financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, and investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried in the consolidated financial statements at amounts that approximate fair value. (see Note 7 relating to debt). Fair values are based on quoted market prices and assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates, reflecting varying degrees of perceived risk.

Retirement Plan Actuarial Assumptions

The Company’s retirement benefit obligations and related costs are calculated using actuarial concepts, within the framework of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 Employer’s Accounting for Pensions (“SFAS No. 87”). Two critical assumptions, the discount rate and the expected return on plan assets, are important elements of expense and/or liability measurement. The Company evaluates these critical assumptions annually. Other assumptions involve employee demographic factors such as retirement patterns, mortality, turnover and the rate of compensation increase.

The discount rate enables the Company to state expected future benefit payments as a present value on the measurement date. The guideline for setting this rate is a high-quality long-term corporate bond rate. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. The Company decreased its discount rate to 5.50% and 5.75% in 2005 and 2004, respectively, to reflect market interest rate conditions.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on the plan assets, the Company considered the current and expected asset allocation, as well as historical and expected returns on each plan asset class. A lower expected rate of return on pension plan assets will increase pension expense. The Company’s long-term expected return on plan assets was 8.25% in both 2005 and 2004.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”), which was to be effective for reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2005. In April 2005, the FASB announced that the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R), has been delayed until the first quarter of 2006. SFAS No. 123(R) requires the Company to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for the Company’s equity instruments. Prior to October 1, 2005, in accordance with APB Opinion 25, the Company recorded the intrinsic value of stock based compensation as

F-56

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

expense. Accordingly, no compensation expense, except for modifications of stock grants, was recognized for stock option plans as the exercise price equaled the stock price on the date of grant. Under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company is required to measure compensation expense over the vesting period of the options based on the fair value of the stock options at the date the options are granted. As permitted by SFAS 123(R) the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective October 1, 2005 and recorded compensation expense of approximately $1.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2005. As allowed by SFAS No. 123(R), the Company elected to use the Black-Scholes method of valuing options and the modified prospective application, which applies SFAS No. 123(R) to new awards and modified awards after the effective date, and to any unvested awards as service is rendered on or after the effective date.

In March 2005, the SEC staff issued a staff accounting bulletin (“SAB 107”) which expresses the views of the staff regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R) and certain SEC rules and regulations and provides the staff’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. In particular, SAB 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, the transition from nonpublic to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in an interim period, capitalization of compensation cost related to share-based payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the modification of employee share options prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and disclosures in Management’s Discussion and Analysis subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

In March 2005, the FASB issued FIN No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143”, which is effective for all reporting periods ending after December 15, 2005. FIN 47 requires that an entity shall recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability can be reasonable estimated, rather than when the obligation is incurred, generally upon acquisition, construction, or development and/or through the normal operation of the asset as required by SFAS No. 143. An asset retirement obligation would be reasonably estimable if (a) it is evident that the fair value of the obligation is embodied in the acquisition price of the asset, (b) an active market exists for the transfer of the obligation, or (c) sufficient information exists to apply an expected present value technique. The provisions of FIN 47 are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections — a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3” (“SFAS 154”), which is effective for changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle unless it is impracticable to determine the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. The provisions of SFAS 154 are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2005, the FASB issued guidance on SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” as amended (“SFAS 133”) in Derivative Implementation Group (“DIG”) Issue B38, “Embedded Derivatives: Evaluation of Net Settlement with Respect to the Settlement of a Debt Instrument through Exercise of an Embedded Put Option or Call Option” (“DIG Issue B38”) and Issue B39, “Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Call Options That Are Exercisable Only by the Debtor” (DIG Issue B39”). The guidance in DIG Issue B38 clarifies that the

F-57

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

potential settlement of a debtor’s obligation to a creditor that would occur upon exercise of a put or call option meets the net settlement criteria of SFAS No. 133. The guidance in DIG Issue B39 clarifies that an embedded call option that can accelerate the settlement of a debt host financial instrument should not be bifurcated and fair valued if the right to accelerate the settlement can be exercised only by the debtor (issuer/borrower), it is underlying interest rate indexed and the investor will recover substantially all of its initial net investment. The Company adopted the DIG issues effective April 1, 2005 and neither DIG issues had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 2 — Acquisitions

Emmis Station Acquisitions. On November 29, 2005, the Company purchased four network-affiliated television stations from Emmis Communications (“Emmis”) for $257.2 million in cash including direct acquisition expenses. The four acquired stations were: KRQE-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Albuquerque, New Mexico, plus regional satellite stations; WALA-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama/Pensacola, Florida; WLUK-TV, the Fox affiliate serving Green Bay, Wisconsin; and WTHI-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Terre Haute, Indiana. The Company also entered into a local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV, the WB affiliate serving Mobile, Alabama/Pensacola, Florida and has a purchase option for $3.0 million to acquire the station from Emmis upon FCC approval. The primary reasons for this acquisition were to grow the Company through selective station acquisitions and to increase operating income of those acquired stations by reducing engineering and accounting costs, where possible, using one of the Company’s regional television technology centers, by improving the local news franchises and by capturing increased revenue share as a result of the improvement in the local news franchises.

In addition to the $4.9 million of program obligations recorded by the Company in connection with the acquisition of the Emmis stations, the Company recorded $1.7 million in other liabilities related to estimated losses on acquired program obligations; representing the estimated excess of program obligations over the fair value of program rights that are unrecorded in accordance with SFAS No. 63 “Accounting for Broadcasters.” The Company also recorded $8.6 million in other accruals and liabilities in connection with the acquisition of Emmis stations relating to (a) employee severance costs and certain contractual costs as a result of the Company’s plans to centralize the master control operations of WLUK-TV and WTHI-TV at the Company’s technology center in Indianapolis, Indiana, (b) transaction costs in connection with the acquisition and (c) the buy-out of certain operating agreements. The Company has paid approximately $0.7 million related to the accruals and liabilities noted above for year ended December 31, 2005. The Company expects to pay the employee severance costs in 2006 and to pay the balance over the 4.5 year average life of the operating agreements.

Viacom Station Acquisitions. On March 31, 2005, the Company purchased WNDY-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Indianapolis, Indiana, and WWHO-TV, the UPN affiliate serving Columbus, Ohio, from Viacom, Inc. for $85.0 million in cash including direct acquisition expenses. The primary reasons for this acquisition were to grow the Company through selective station acquisitions and to increase operating income of those acquired stations by reducing engineering and accounting costs using one of the Company’s regional television technology centers and by capturing increased revenue share. In addition, the Company closed the studio facilities of WNDY-TV and relocated it to WISH-TV, the television station already owned by the Company in Indianapolis, thereby eliminating rent costs of WNDY-TV and eliminating other redundant operating costs of the combined station operations.

F-58

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

In addition to the $14.4 million of program obligations recorded by the Company in connection with the acquisition of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV, the Company recorded $25.7 million in other liabilities related to estimated losses on acquired program obligations; representing the estimated excess of program obligations over the fair value of program rights that are unrecorded in accordance with SFAS No. 63 “Accounting for Broadcasters.” The Company paid $21.4 million related to buyouts of certain recorded and unrecorded program obligations of these stations during the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company also recorded $1.6 million in other accruals in connection with the acquisition of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV relating to employee severance costs and certain contractual costs as a result of the Company’s plans to centralize the master control operations of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV at the Company’s technology center in Indianapolis, Indiana, as well as transaction costs in connection with the acquisitions. The Company has paid approximately $1.3 million related to the accruals and liabilities noted above for year ended December 31, 2005. The Company expects to pay $0.3 million related to pay over the 2.5 year average life of the operating agreements.

The following table summarizes the acquisitions of the Company in the last three years (in thousands):

		UHF
		Television						Viacom		Emmis
		Licenses(1)		WIRS-TV(1)		WTIN-TV(1)		Acquisition		Acquisition
		June 13,		January 14,		May 6,		March 31,		November 29,
Acquisition date		2003		2004		2004		2005		2005
Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	2
Accounts receivable			—		—		—		524		—
Program rights, short-term			—		—		—		4,373		3,029
Other current assets			—		—		—		83		94
Property and equipment			—		—		—		14,806		40,215
Program rights, long-term			—		—		—		2,546		1,664
Equity investments			—		—		—		—		124
Goodwill(2)			—		—		—		35,653		38,040
Broadcast licenses and other intangibles			1,980		4,450		4,923		57,880		185,642
Deferred tax assets			—		—		—		11,005		3,663
	Total assets		1,980		4,450		4,923		126,870		272,473
Accrued expenses									1,813		8,627
Program obligations, short-term			—		—		—		7,783		3,755
Program obligations, long-term			—		—		—		6,615		1,191
Other long-term liabilities			—		—		—		25,659		1,726
	Total liabilities		—		—		—		41,870		15,299
Total purchase price, including direct acquisition expenses		$	1,980	$	4,450	$	4,923	$	85,000	$	257,174

(1)	These transactions were asset purchases and not business combinations.
(2)	This includes tax-deductible goodwill of $45.5 million for the stations acquired from Viacom and $33.0 million from the station acquired from Emmis.

F-59

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The results of the Viacom stations are included in the consolidated financial statements from March 31, 2005 and the results of the Emmis stations are included in the consolidated financial statements from November 29, 2005. The following table sets forth unaudited pro forma information of the Company as if the acquisition of the stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis had occurred on January 1, 2005 and 2004, respectively (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005			2004
Net revenues	$	438,377		$	461,535
Operating income		50,950			113,348
Net (loss) income		(28,009	)		93,440

Note 3 — Discontinued Operations

WEYI-TV. On May 14, 2004, the Company completed the sale of WEYI-TV, the NBC affiliate serving Flint, Michigan, for $24.0 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded a loss on the sale of WEYI-TV of $1.3 million, net of a tax benefit of $1.1 million.

The operating results have been excluded from continuing operations and included in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 under the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” for all periods presented.

The following table presents summarized information for WEYI-TV included in the historical results:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
Net revenues	$	—	$	3,257		$	7,116
Operating income		—		960			1,569
Net (income) loss		—		(44	)		17

Note 4 — Investments

The Company has investments in a number of ventures with third parties through which it has an interest in television stations in locations throughout the United States. The following presents the Company’s basis in these ventures (in thousands):

	2005		2004
NBC joint venture	$	54,803	$	55,604
WAND (TV) Partnership		8,595		10,209
Other		128		—
	$	63,526	$	65,813

Banks Broadcasting, Inc: The Company owns preferred stock that represents a 50% non-voting interest in Banks Broadcasting, which owns and operates KWCV-TV, a WB affiliate in Wichita, Kansas and KNIN-TV, a UPN affiliate in Boise, Idaho. The Company is able to exercise significant, but not controlling, influence over the activities of Banks Broadcasting through representation on the Board of Directors. The Company also has a management services agreement with Banks Broadcasting to provide specified management, engineering and related services for a fixed fee.

F-60

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Included in this agreement is a cash management arrangement under which the Company incurs expenditures on behalf of Banks Broadcasting and is periodically reimbursed.

In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of ARB No. 51,” Banks Broadcasting is considered to be a variable interest entity. For purposes of determining the primary beneficiary of Banks Broadcasting, the Company considered Hicks Muse 45.5% ownership in the Company and Hicks Muse’s substantial economic interest in 21st Century Group, LLC, which owns 18% of Banks Broadcasting; and determined for purposes of FIN 46R that the Company and 21st Century Group, LLC are related parties. Considering the Company’s 50% ownership interest in Banks Broadcasting and the Company’s management agreement with Banks Broadcasting, the Company identified itself as the primary beneficiary of Banks Broadcasting under FIN 46R. As the primary beneficiary of Banks Broadcasting, the Company consolidated Banks Broadcasting’s assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests into the Company’s financial statements effective March 31, 2004. Since the Company and Banks Broadcasting are not under common control, as defined by Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 02-5, “Definition of Common Control in Relation to FASB Statement No. 141”, Banks Broadcasting’s assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests were measured at fair value as of March 31, 2004. The difference between the value of the newly consolidated assets over the reported amount of any previously held interests and the value of newly consolidated liabilities and non-controlling interests was recognized as a cumulative effect of an accounting change in the period ended March 31, 2004. The resulting consolidated balance sheet of the Company does not reflect any voting equity minority interest since Banks Broadcasting has incurred cumulative losses and as such the minority interest would be in a deficit position at December 31, 2005.

The following presents the summarized balance sheet of Banks Broadcasting at March 31, 2004, the date of initial consolidation (in thousands):

Assets
Cash		$	97
Accounts receivable			899
Program rights, short-term			757
Other current assets			46
Property and equipment			5,048
Program rights, long-term			662
Broadcast licenses			29,238
	Total assets	$	36,747
Liabilities and Equity
Accounts payable		$	396
Program obligations, short-term			793
Other accrued expenses			404
Program obligations, long-term			525
Deferred income taxes, net			4,805
Preferred stock			34,764
	Total liabilities and equity		41,687
Deficit		$	(4,940	)

F-61

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The deficit of $4.9 million has been allocated to the nonvoting preferred stock, and the Company’s ownership of such preferred stock has been eliminated on consolidation.

21st Century Group, LLC, an affiliate of Hicks Muse, owns 36% of the preferred stock on the Company’s balance sheet.

Joint Venture with NBC: The Company owns a 20.38% interest in a joint venture with NBC and accounts for its interest using the equity method, as the Company does not have a controlling interest. The Company received distributions of $4.5 million, $7.9 million and $7.5 million from the joint venture for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The following presents the summarized financial information of the joint venture (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Revenue	$	83,902		$	104,285		$	90,142
Other expense, net		(65,843	)		(66,104	)		(66,121	)
Net income		18,059			38,181			24,021

	December 31,
	2005		2004
Current assets	$	10,617	$	12,675
Non-current assets		232,075		233,957
Current liabilities		724		724
Non-current liabilities		815,500		815,500

The Company’s members’ deficit account in the financial statements of Station Venture Holdings, LLC was $784.4 million as of December 31, 2005. The difference between the carrying value of the Company’s investment and this amount is a permanent accounting item and results from the fair valuation of this investment in connection with the formation of LIN Television Corporation in 1998.

WAND (TV) Partnership: The Company has a 33.33% interest in a partnership, WAND (TV) Partnership, with Block Communications. The Company accounts for its interest using the equity method, as the Company does not have a controlling interest. The Company received $0.5 million in distributions from the partnership for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company did not receive any distributions in 2004 and 2003. The Company has also entered into a management services agreement with WAND (TV) Partnership to provide specified management, engineering and related services for a fixed fee. Included in this agreement is a cash management arrangement under which the Company incurs expenditures on behalf of WAND (TV) Partnership and is periodically reimbursed. Amounts due to the Company from WAND (TV) Partnership under this arrangement were approximately $789,000 and $478,000 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The partnership recorded an impairment of $3.4 million for the broadcast license of WAND-TV for year ended December 31, 2005. This impairment was due to a decline in market growth causing a decline in the average station operating margin. The following presents the summarized financial information of the WAND (TV) Partnership (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Net revenues	$	6,577		$	6,605		$	6,360
Operating loss		(3,468	)		(52	)		(8,591	)
Net loss		(3,432	)		(123	)		(8,674	)

F-62

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

	December 31,
	2005		2004
Current assets	$	2,398	$	3,317
Non-current assets		20,702		24,283
Current liabilities		1,276		917
Non-current liabilities		14		32

Note 5 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005			2004
Land and land improvements	$	18,991		$	14,309
Buildings and fixtures		145,325			100,869
Broadcast equipment and other		260,987			246,622
		425,303			361,800
Less accumulated depreciation		(187,627	)		(164,235	)
	$	237,676		$	197,565

The Company recorded depreciation expense in the amounts of $32.4 million, $31.3 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Note 6 — Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the carrying amount of each major class of intangible assets at December 31 (in thousands):

	Estimated
	Useful Life
	(Years)		2005			2004
Amortized Intangible Assets:
LMA purchase options		1	$	4,212		$	3,300
Network affiliations		1		1,753			173
Other intangible assets		2		6,025			2,173
Accumulated amortization				(4,686	)		(2,776	)
				7,304			2,870
Unamortized Intangible Assets:
Broadcast licenses				1,301,294			1,063,265
Goodwill				623,383			583,105
				1,924,677			1,646,370
Goodwill				623,383			583,105
Broadcast licenses and other intangible assets, net				1,308,598			1,066,135
Total intangible assets			$	1,931,981		$	1,649,240

The increase in LMA purchase options is due to the option payment for KNVA-TV made in the fourth quarter of 2005. The increase in network affiliations of $1.6 million, in other intangible assets of $3.9 million, in broadcast licenses of $238.0 million and in goodwill of $73.7 million is primarily due

F-63

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

to the acquisition of stations acquired from Viacom and Emmis on March 31, 2005 and November 29, 2005, respectively, offset by an impairment of goodwill of $33.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

The following table summarizes the aggregate amortization expense for all periods presented as well as the estimated amortization expense for the next five years (in thousands):

							Estimated Amortization Expense
	Year Ended December 31,						for the Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003		2006		2007		2008		2009		2010
Amortization expense	$	1,188	$	1,015	$	1,941	$	4,343	$	468	$	253	$	71	$	44

Other intangible assets include intangible pension assets recognized when the Company recorded its minimum pension liability in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”. When the Company makes a new determination of the amount of additional liability, the related intangible asset and separate component of equity will be eliminated or adjusted as necessary.

Based on the guidance included in SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, the Company has ascribed an indefinite useful life to its broadcast licenses. This accounting treatment is based in part upon the Company’s belief that the cash flows from the ownership of its broadcast licenses are expected to continue indefinitely, as the Company intends to renew its licenses indefinitely and has demonstrated its ability to do so. The Company’s broadcast licenses are renewable every eight years if the Company provides at least an average level of service to its customers and complies with the applicable FCC rules and policies. The cost of renewal is not significant and historically there have been no compelling challenges to the Company’s renewal of licenses and the Company has no reason to expect that challenges will be brought in any future period.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company does not amortize goodwill and broadcast licenses. An impairment loss of $33.4 million and $51.7 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2005 and 2003, respectively, and to reflect the write-down of goodwill and certain broadcast licenses to fair value. The impairment to goodwill was the result of a decline in the operating profit margin of one of our stations due to low market growth and increased operating costs. The decrease in fair value of the broadcast licenses was the result of the decline in the advertising market during 2001 and 2003, which decreased industry operating margins. No impairments to the carrying values of the Company’s broadcast licenses were required during the year ended December 31, 2004.

Approximately $1.9 billion, or 80%, of the Company’s total assets as of December 31, 2005 consisted of unamortized intangible assets. Intangible assets principally include broadcast licenses and goodwill. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires, among other things, the impairment testing of goodwill. If at any point in the future the value of these intangible assets decreased, the Company could be required to incur an impairment charge that could significantly and adversely impact reported results of operations and stockholders’ equity. The Company’s class A common stock currently trades at a price that results in a market capitalization less than total stockholder’s equity as of December 31, 2005, and has done so since April 2005. If the Company were required to write down intangible assets in future periods, the Company would incur an impairment charge, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and the trading price of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock.

F-64

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company based the valuation of broadcast licenses on the following basic assumptions for year ended December 31:

	2005		2004
Market revenue growth		1.1% to 6.1%		2.2% to 6.5%
Operating profit margins		28.0% to 39.9%		28.0% to 39.9%
Discount rate		8.0%		8.0%
Tax rate		34.0% to 39.0%		34.0% to 39.0%
Capitalization rate		1.5% to 3.0%		1.5% to 3.0%

If the Company were to decrease the market growth by one percent and by half of the projected growth rate, the Company would incur an impairment of its broadcast licenses of $40.0 million and $54.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to decrease the operating margins by 5% and 10% of the projected operating margins, the Company would incur an impairment of its broadcast licenses of $102.0 million and $273.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to increase the discount rate used in its valuation by 1% and 2%, the Company would incur an impairment of its broadcast licenses of $112.0 million and $242.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005.

The Company based the valuation of goodwill on the following basic assumptions for year ended December 31:

	2005		2004
Market revenue growth		1.1% to 6.1%		2.2% to 6.5%
Operating profit margins		28.0% to 46.7%		28.0% to 49.5%
Discount rate		8.0%		8.0%
Tax rate		34.0% to 39.9%		34.0% to 39.9%
Capitalization rate		1.5% to 3.0%		1.5% to 3.0%

If the Company were to decrease the market growth by one percent and by half of the projected growth rate, the carrying amount of the Company’s stations would exceed their fair value by $37.0 million and $45.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to decrease the operating margins by 5% and 10% of the projected operating margins, the carrying amount of the Company’s stations would exceed their fair value by $70.0 million and $163.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. If the Company were to increase the discount rate used in its valuation by 1% and 2%, the carrying amount of the Company’s stations would exceed their fair value by $86.0 million and $167.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005. In addition to the potential impairment amounts noted above, the Company would be required to complete the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill ($623.4 million at December 31, 2005). The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by a notional reperformance of the purchase price allocation using the station’s fair value as the purchase price. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

F-65

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 7 — Long-term Debt

Debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005		2004
Credit Facility	$	316,000	$	158,500
$166,440, 8% Senior Notes due 2008 (net of discount of $2,884)		—		163,556
$375,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013		375,000		200,000
$190,000, 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B (net of discount of $14,283 at December 31, 2005)		175,717		—
$125,000, 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2033 (net of discount of $10,003 and $14,215 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively)		114,997		110,785
Total debt		981,714		632,841
Less current portion		—		6,573
Total long-term debt	$	981,714	$	626,268

Credit Facility

	Revolving Facility		Term Loans
Final maturity date		11/4/2011		11/4/2011
Balance at December 31, 2005	$	41,000	$	275,000
Unused balance at December 31, 2005		234,000		—
Average rates for year ended December 31, 2005:
Adjusted LIBOR		1.1% to 4.32%		1.1% to 4.32%
Applicable margin		0.75% to 2.25%		0.75% to 2.25%
Interest rate		2.88% to 5.57%		2.88% to 5.57%

The Company entered into a credit facility on March 11, 2005 that included a $170.0 million term loan with a maturity date of March 11, 2011 and a $160.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 30, 2010. The proceeds of the term loan were used to repay the balance on an existing term loan. The $170.0 million term loan was subsequently repaid with a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B on September 29, 2005. The Company used $50.0 million of the revolving credit facility and existing cash on hand to acquire WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV on March 31, 2005.

On November 4, 2005, the Company entered into a new credit facility that included a $275.0 million term loan and a $275.0 million revolving credit facility both of which mature in 2011. Borrowings under the new credit facility bear interest at a rate based, at the Company’s option, on an adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin range of 0.625% to 1.50%, or an adjusted based rate, plus an applicable margin range of 0.0% to 0.50%, depending, in each case, on certain ratios.

The Company incurred a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $2.8 million and incurred fees of $8.1 million for year ended December 31, 2005 related to the two credit facility agreements. The fees will be amortized over the terms of the credit facility.

The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility were used to repay the balance on the former revolving credit facility, to complete the purchase of the four Emmis stations in the fourth quarter of 2005 and for general corporate purposes, including share repurchases. The revolving credit facility

F-66

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

may be used for acquisitions of certain assets and general corporate purposes including the redemption of the Company’s publicly traded securities. The credit facility permits the Company to prepay loans and to permanently reduce revolving credit commitments, in whole or in part, at any time. The Company is required to make mandatory quarterly payment of its term loan of $10.3 million beginning on December 31, 2007 and additional payments based on certain debt transactions or the disposal of certain assets.

The credit facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness or amend other debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted by it, make capital expenditures, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. The Company is required, under the terms of the credit facility, to comply with specified financial ratios, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratios.

The credit facility also contain provisions that prohibit any modification of the indentures governing the senior subordinated notes in any manner adverse to the lenders and that limits the Company’s ability to refinance or otherwise prepay the senior subordinated notes without the consent of such lenders. All borrowings under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets.

6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures

			61/2% Senior
	61/2% Senior		Subordinated Notes —		2.50% Exchangeable Senior
	Subordinated Notes		Class B		Subordinated Debentures
Final maturity date		5/15/2013		5/15/2013		5/15/2033(1)
Annual interest rate		6.5%		6.5%		2.5%
Payable semi-annually in arrears		May 15th		May 15th		May 15th
		November 15th		November 15th		November 15th

(1)  The holders of the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures can require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the debentures on each of May 15, 2008, 2013, 2018, 2023 and 2028.

On January 28, 2005, the Company issued an additional $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. The proceeds from the issuance of the 6¹/2% Notes were used to repurchase $166.4 million principal amount of the Company’s 8% Senior Notes due 2008. The Company recorded a $11.6 million loss on early extinguishment of debt related to the Company’s 8% Senior Notes for the year ended December 31, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company incurred fees of $3.8 million in connection with the issuance of these notes, which is being amortized over the life of the notes.

On September 29, 2005, the Company issued $190.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 — Class B. The net proceeds of $175.3 million from the issuance of the 6¹/2% Class B Notes were used to repay the $170.0 million term loan under the Company’s credit facility and the remaining proceeds used to repay a portion of the outstanding revolving indebtedness under the credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company incurred fees of $3.7 million in connection with the issuance of these notes, which is being amortized over the life of the notes.

F-67

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and are subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness, including the Company’s credit facility.

The indentures governing the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B and 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures contain covenants limiting, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness and issuance of capital stock; layering of indebtedness; the payment of dividends on, and redemption of, the Company’s capital stock; liens; mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; asset sales; asset swaps; dividend and other payment restrictions affecting restricted subsidiaries; and transactions with affiliates. The indentures also have change of control provisions which may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of each of the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest and the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest.

The 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes and the 6¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes — Class B have certain limitations and financial penalties for early redemption of the notes. The 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures have a contingent interest feature that could require the Company to pay contingent interest at the rate of 0.25% per annum commencing with the six-month period beginning May 15, 2008 if the average trading price of the debentures for a five-day measurement period preceding the beginning of the applicable six-month period equals 120% or more of the principal amount. The debentures also have certain exchange rights where the holder may exchange each debenture for a number of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock based on certain conditions.

Prior to May 15, 2008, the exchange rate will be determined as follows:

•  If the applicable stock price is less than or equal to the base exchange price, the exchange rate will be the base exchange rate; and

•  If the applicable stock price is greater than the base exchange price, the exchange rate will be determined in accordance with the following formula; provided, however, in no event will the exchange rate exceed 46.2748, subject to the same proportional adjustment as the base exchange rate: The base exchange rate plus the applicable stock price less the base exchange price divided by the applicable stock price multiplied by the incremental share factor.

On May 15, 2008, the exchange rate will be fixed at the exchange rate then in effect.

The “base exchange rate” is 26.8240, subject to adjustment, and the “base exchange price” is a dollar amount (initially $37.28) derived by dividing the principal amount per debenture by the base exchange rate. The “incremental share factor” is 23.6051, subject to the same proportional adjustment as the base exchange rate. The “applicable stock price” is equal to the average of the closing sale prices of LIN TV Corp.’s common stock over the five trading-day period starting the third trading day following the exchange date of the debentures.

F-68

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Repayment of Principal

The following table summarizes future principal repayments on the Company’s debt agreements:

									61/2% Senior
			Credit Facility		Credit Facility		61/2% Senior		Subordinated		2.50% Exchangeable Senior
			(Revolver)		(Term Loans)		Subordinated Notes		Notes — Class B		Subordinated Debentures			Total
Final maturity date				11/4/2011		11/4/2011		5/15/2013		5/15/2013		5/15/2033	(1)
	2006			—		—		—		—		—			—
	2007			—		10,313		—		—		—			10,313
	2008			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	2009			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	2010			—		41,250		—		—		—			41,250
	Thereafter			41,000		140,937		375,000		190,000		125,000	(1)		871,937
		Total		41,000		275,000		375,000		190,000		125,000	(1)		1,006,000

(1)  The holders of the 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures can require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the debentures on each of May 15, 2008, 2013, 2018, 2023 and 2028.

The fair values of the Company’s long-term debt are estimated based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The carrying amounts and fair values of long-term debt were as follows at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005		2004
Carrying amount	$	981,714	$	632,841
Fair value		967,327		649,128

Note 8 — Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has several stock-based employee compensation plans, including the Company’s 1998 Option Plan, Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan, Sunrise Option Plan and Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Plan (collectively, the “Option Plans”), which permits the Company to grant nonqualified options in the Company’s class A common stock or restricted stock units, which convert into the Company’s class A common stock upon vesting, to certain directors, officers and key employees of the Company.

Following the guidance prescribed in SFAS 123R and SAB 107, on October 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective method, and accordingly, the Company has not restated the consolidated results of income from prior interim periods and fiscal years. Under SFAS 123R, the Company is required to measure compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognize compensation expense over the service period that the awards are expected to vest. Restricted stock and stock options issued under the Company’s equity plans as well as stock purchases under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan are subject to the provisions of SFAS 123R.

Prior to October 1, 2005, the Company accounted for employee stock-based compensation using the intrinsic method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) as permitted by SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), and SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure.” Under the intrinsic method, the difference between the market price on the date of grant and the exercise price is charged to the results of operations over the vesting period. Accordingly, the Company was not required to recognize compensation cost for stock options

F-69

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

issued at fair market value to its employees or shares issued under the employee stock purchase plan. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company recognized compensation cost only for restricted stock and for stock options issued with exercise prices set below market prices on the date of grant or when there were modifications to the original terms of an employee stock option agreements. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense on the consolidated statements of income under APB 25 of $1.9 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and $0.5 million and $0.1 million for years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Upon adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company recognized the compensation expense associated with awards granted after October 1, 2005, and the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding as of October 1, 2005 for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R of $1.9 million for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 of which $0.7 million related to restricted stock awards, $0.7 million related to employee stock options, $0.1 million related to shares purchased under the employee stock purchase plan and $0.4 million for modifications to stock option agreements. There were no capitalized stock-based compensation costs for three-month period ended December 31, 2005.

The Company had not yet recognized total compensation cost related to nonvested employee stock options of $1.1 million as of December 31, 2005 that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2 years. In addition, the Company had not yet recognized total compensation cost related to nonvested employee stock awards of $13.0 million as of December 31, 2005 that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

In accordance with SFAS 123R, the Company’s deferred stock-based compensation balance of $4.0 million as of September 30, 2005, which was accounted for under APB 25, was reclassified into the paid-in-capital account. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as cash flow from financing activities rather than as cash flow from operations.

The following table presents the stock-based compensation expense recognized on the consolidated statements of income under SFAS 123R for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 and the stock-based compensation expense recognized on the consolidated statements of income under APB 25 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):

				Based on the Accounting Rules Under
				SFAS 123R			APB 25
				For the Three			For the Nine-
				Month Period			Month Period			For Year Ended
	For Year Ended			Ended			Ended			December 31,
	December 31,			December 31,			September 30,
	2005			2005			2005			2004			2003
Employee stock purchase plans		33			33			—			—			—
Employee stock option plans		707			707			—			—			—
Restricted stock unit awards		767			703			64			59			—
Modifications to stock option agreements	$	2,231		$	423		$	1,808		$	360		$	147
Share-based compensation expense before tax		3,738			1,866			1,872			419			147
Income tax benefit		(1,308	)		(653	)		(655	)		(147	)		(51	)
Net stock-based compensation expense	$	2,430		$	1,213		$	1,217		$	272		$	96

F-70

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company recorded modifications to the stock option agreements of $2.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million for years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 impacting 33 employees in 2005, 10 employees in 2004 and 4 employees in 2003.

The modifications to the stock option agreements primarily related to a change in the 1998 Option Plan agreements allowing terminated employees the same contractual terms as the 2002 Option Plans regarding the length of time to exercise options upon termination. In addition, certain employee option agreements granted in 1998 contained a provision requiring the Company to make cash payments to employees when employees exercised their options and the market price of the Company’s class A common stock was below the exercise price of the option. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had recorded a liability of $1.8 million related to this provision and for the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company made cash payments totaling $0.2 million in connection with this provision.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company had received cash of $2.1 million from the exercise of stock options, phantom stock units and restricted stock. The Company did not realize windfall tax benefits from the exercise of stock options and restricted stock due to net operating loss carryforwards. The Company uses the first vested, first-exercised basis in accounting for option exercises.

Employee Tender Offer to Exchange Stock Options for Restricted Stock. On December 22, 2005, the Company completed a tender offer that permitted employees to exchange outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s class A common stock, for restricted stock awards. The tender offer resulted in the exchange of 3,045,190 options for 1,015,467 shares of restricted stock awards.

Stock Option Plans. Options granted under the Option Plans generally vest over a four-year or five-year service period, using the graded vesting attribution method, and may vest earlier based upon the achievement of specific performance-based objectives set by the Board of Directors. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. The Company issues new shares of its class A common stock when options are exercised. There were 7,138,000 shares authorized under the various Option Plans for grant and 4,914,000 shares available for future grant as of December 31, 2005. Both the shares authorized and shares available exclude 1,181,000 shares under the 1998 Stock Plan which the Company does not intend to re-grant and considers unavailable for future grants.

The following table provides additional information regarding the Option Plans (shares in thousands):

Stock Options Plans:

	2005					2004					2003
				Weighted-					Weighted-					Weighted-
				Average					Average					Average
				Exercise					Exercise					Exercise
	Shares			Price		Shares			Price		Shares			Price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year		4,179		$	21.14		3,510		$	20.83		2,957		$	20.19
Granted during the year		457			14.03		1,006			22.63		697			23.56
Exercised or converted during the year		(108	)		10.90		(29	)		20.89		(69	)		19.34
Forfeited during the year		(573	)		22.46		(308	)		22.55		(75	)		22.12
Exchange for restricted stock awards		(3,045	)		22.46		—			—		—			—
Outstanding at the end of the year		910		$	13.54		4,179		$	21.14		3,510		$	20.83

F-71

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

	2005			2004			2003
			Weighted-			Weighted-			Weighted-
			Average			Average			Average
			Exercise			Exercise			Exercise
	Shares		Price	Shares		Price	Shares		Price
Exercisable or convertible at the end of the year		454			2,196			1,809
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	$	750		$	108		$	311
Total fair value of options vested during the year	$	3,890		$	3,188		$	3,035

The following table summarizes information about the Option Plans at December 31, 2005 (shares in thousands):

	Options Outstanding						Options Vested
			Weighted-
			Average		Weighted-				Weighted-
			Remaining		Average				Average
	Number		Contractual		Exercise		Number		Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices	Outstanding		Life		Price		Exercisable		Price
$10.50 to $14.99		806		5.9	$	12.78		396	$	11.65
$15.00 to $19.99		45		4.7		21.72		10		21.49
$20.00 to $24.99		59		4.7		21.72		48		21.49
		910		5.8	$	13.80		454	$	12.90
Weighted average remaining contractual life				5.8						2.4
Total intrinsic value			$	179					$	179

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), SAB No. 107 and the Company’s prior period pro forma disclosures of net earnings, including stock-based compensation (determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123). The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, based on a single employee group, and the graded vesting approach with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	2005		2004		2003
Expected term		4.5 years		3 to 10  years		2 to 5  years
Expected volatility(3)		24%		24%		30%
Expected dividends		$0.00		$0.00		$0.00
Risk-free rate(2)		3.7 - 4.4%		2.0 - 4.4%		1.5 -  3.25%

(1)	The expected term was estimated using the historical and expected terms of similar broadcast companies whose expected term information was publicly available, as the Company’s historical share option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis to estimate expected term.
(2)	The risk-free interest rate for each grant is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar expected life.
(3)	The stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s common stock since the Company’s initial public offering in May 2002 as well as comparison to peer companies.

Restricted Stock Awards: Restricted stock awards granted under the Option Plans during 2005 had a straight-line vesting term of five years and are amortized using the graded vesting attribution

F-72

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

method, Stock awards to directors in lieu of director fees are immediately vested. The Company granted 1,291,000 shares of restricted stock, 3,900 shares of restricted stock and 1,340 shares of unrestricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, 1,286,000 shares of restricted stock were unvested.

The following table provides additional information regarding the Restricted Stock Awards (shares in thousands):

Restricted Stock Awards

	2005				2004				2003
			Weighted				Weighted				Weighted
			Average				Average				Average
	Shares		Fair Value		Shares		Fair Value		Shares		Fair Value
Non vested at the beginning of the year		—				—				—
Granted during the year		1,291	$	13.27		4	$	20.89		1	$	23.32
Vested during the year		2		13.90		4		20.89		1		23.32
Forfeited during the year		3		14.88		—				—
Non vested at the end of the year		1,286	$	13.27		—		—		—		—
Total fair value of awards vested during the year	$	33	$	13.90	$	59		—	$	55		—

Phantom Stock Units Plan. Pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Phantom Stock Units Plan (“Phantom Stock Units Plan”), and as partial consideration for the acquisition of LIN Television by the Company in 1998, phantom units exercisable into shares of LIN TV class A common stock with a $0 exercise price, were issued to the Company’s officers and key employees. As a non-compensatory element of the total purchase price of LIN Television, the phantom units are not subject to variable accounting and any cash paid on the exercise of the phantom units is accounted for as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

The phantom units expire ten years from the date of issuance, are non-forfeitable, and are exercisable at a date selected by the holder within the ten-year term.

The following table provides additional information regarding the 1998 Phantom Stock Units Plan (shares in thousands):

1998 Phantom Stock Units Plan

	2005			2004			2003
	Shares			Shares			Shares
Outstanding at the beginning of the year		328			525			675
Exercised during the year		(142	)		(197	)		(150	)
Outstanding at the end of the year		186			328			525
Exercisable or convertible at the end of the year		186			328			525
Total intrinsic value of shares exercised during the year	$	2,189		$	4,079		$	3,361
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		3			4			5

F-73

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under the terms of LIN TV Corp.’s 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees of the Company may have up to 10% of eligible compensation deducted from their pay to purchase shares of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock. The purchase price of each share is 85% of the average of the high and low per share trading price of LIN TV Corp.’s class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on the last trading day of each month during the offering period. There are 600,000 shares authorized for grant under this plan and 365,000 shares available for future grant. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, employees purchased 74,139 shares at a weighted average price of $12.43. As the discount offered to employees is in excess of the Company’s per share public offering issuance costs, the ESPP is considered compensatory.

Note 9 — Derivative Instruments

The 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures have certain embedded derivative features that are required to be separately identified and recorded at fair value with a mark-to-market adjustment required each quarter. The fair value of these derivatives on issuance of the debentures was $21.1 million and this amount was recorded as an original issue discount and is being accreted through interest expense over the period to May 2008. The derivative features are recorded at fair market value in other liabilities. The Company has recorded a gain on derivative instruments in connection with the mark-to-market of these derivative features of $3.1 million, $15.2 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

During 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in the notional amount of $100.0 million to manage exposure to interest rate risk associated with the variable rate portion of its credit facility. This agreement is not designated as a hedging instrument under SFAS No. 133. The fair value of this agreement at December 31, 2005 was an asset of $1.6 million. Other (income) expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a gain of $1.6 million from the mark-to-market of this derivative instrument.

Note 10 — Related Party Transactions

Financial Advisory Agreement. Prior to November 1, 2005, the Company had been party to an agreement with an affiliate of Hicks Muse, which provided for reimbursement of certain expenses to Hicks Muse incurred in connection with certain financial consulting services. The Company incurred fees under this arrangement of $16,000, $17,000 and $67,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Financial Advisory Agreement was terminated on November 1, 2005 at no cost to the Company.

Centennial Cable of Puerto Rico: Centennial Cable of Puerto Rico, in which Hicks Muse has a substantial economic interest, provides the Company advertising and promotional services. The Company recorded barter revenue of $0.6 million and recorded barter expense of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 in connection with transactions with Centennial Cable of Puerto Rico. There was no activity in 2004 and 2003.

Banks Broadcasting Inc.: The Company provides Banks Broadcasting certain management, engineering and related services for a fixed fee. Hicks Muse has substantial economic interest in 21st Century Group, LLC, which owns 18% of Banks Broadcasting. Prior to the consolidation of Banks Broadcasting in accordance with FIN 46(R), the Company recognized approximately $50,000 in management fee income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 under the management services agreement.

F-74

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 11 — Retirement Plans

401(k) Plan. The Company provides a defined contribution plan (“401(k) Plan”) to substantially all employees. The Company makes contributions to employee groups that are not covered by another retirement plan sponsored by the Company. Contributions made by the Company vest based on the employee’s years of service. Vesting begins after six months of service in 20% annual increments until the employee is 100% vested after five years. The Company matches 50% of the employee’s contribution up to 6% of the employee’s total annual compensation. The Company contributed $2.4 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million to the 401(k) Plan in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Retirement Plans. The Company has a number of noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans covering certain of its employees in the United States and Puerto Rico. Contributions are based on periodic actuarial valuations and are charged to operations on a systematic basis over the expected average remaining service lives of current employees. The net pension expense is assessed in accordance with the advice of professionally qualified actuaries. The benefits under the defined benefit plans are based on years of service and compensation.

The benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for retirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, were $103.7 million, $96.7 million and $72.5 million at December 31, 2005, $96.7 million, $90.7 million and $70.1 million at December 31, 2004, $90.1 million, $83.2 million and $64.2 million at December 31, 2003, respectively.

F-75

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The components of the net pension expense included in the financial statements and information with respect to the change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, the funded status of the retirement plans and underlying assumptions are as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

		Year Ended December 31,
		2005			2004			2003
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of period		$	96,677		$	90,069		$	76,711
	Service cost		2,254			1,990			1,827
	Interest cost		5,404			5,506			5,243
	Plan amendments		—			—			122
	Actuarial loss		2,945			5,035			8,920
	Benefits paid		(3,575	)		(5,923	)		(2,754	)
Benefit obligation, end of period		$	103,705		$	96,677		$	90,069
Change in plan assets
	Fair value of plan assets, beginning of period	$	70,090		$	64,209		$	55,375
	Actual return on plan assets		5,038			7,136			11,552
	Employer contributions		928			4,668			36
	Benefits paid		(3,575	)		(5,923	)		(2,754	)
	Fair value of plan assets, end of period	$	72,481		$	70,090		$	64,209
	Funded status of the plan	$	(31,224	)	$	(26,587	)	$	(25,860	)
	Unrecognized actuarial gain		23,784			21,035			17,878
	Unrecognized prior service cost		1,176			1,347			1,518
	Total amount recognized and accrued benefit liability	$	(6,264	)	$	(4,205	)	$	(6,464	)

Amounts recognized in the balance sheets consist of (in thousands):

	2005			2004
Accrued benefit cost	$	(23,288	)	$	(20,353	)
Intangible assets		1,526			1,780
Additional minimum liability		(170	)		(222	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		15,668			14,590
Net amount recognized	$	(6,264	)	$	(4,205	)

F-76

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Service cost	$	2,254		$	1,990		$	1,827
Interest cost		5,404			5,506			5,243
Expected return on plan assets		(5,763	)		(5,627	)		(5,631	)
Amortization of prior service cost		171			171			166
Amortization of net loss (gain)		922			369			250
Net periodic benefit cost	$	2,988		$	2,409		$	1,855

Assumptions:

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31:

	2005		2004		2003
Discount rate		5.50 - 5.75%		5.75 - 6.00%		6.00 - 6.25%
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets		8.25%		8.25%		8.25%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00 - 4.50%		4.00 - 4.50%		4.00 - 5.00%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31:

	2005		2004		2003
Discount rate		5.75 - 6.00%		6.00 - 6.25%		6.75%
Expected long term rate of return plan assets		8.25%		8.25%		8.25%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00 - 4.50%		4.00 - 5.00%		4.00 - 5.00%

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

The Company had recorded $15.7 million, $14.6 million and $10.5 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to its minimum pension liability as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

The Company’s pension plan assets are invested in a manner consistent with the fiduciary standards of ERISA. Plan investments are made with the safeguards and diversity to which a prudent investor would adhere and all transactions undertaken are for the sole benefit of plan participants and their beneficiaries.

The Company’s investment objective is to obtain the highest possible return commensurate with the level of assumed risk. Fund performances are compared to benchmarks including the S&P 500 Index, S&P MidCap Index, Russell 2000 Index, MSCI EAFE Index, and Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was made considering the Retirement Plan’s asset mix, historical returns on equity securities, and expected yields to maturity for debt securities.

F-77

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The asset allocation for the Retirement Plan at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the target allocation for December 31, 2005, by asset category, are as follows:

			Percentage of
			Plan Assets at
	Target		December 31,
	Allocation
Asset Category	2005		2005			2004
Equity securities		60 - 70%		70	%		69	%
Debt securities		30 - 40%		30	%		31	%
		100%		100%			100%

Contributions. The Company does not currently have minimum funding requirements, as set forth in ERISA and federal tax laws. The Company contributed $0.9 million and $4.7 million to the Retirement Plan in 2005 and 2004, respectively, but did not contribute in 2003. The Company anticipates contributing $1.6 million to the Retirement Plan in 2006.

Note 12 — Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments. The Company leases land, buildings, vehicles and equipment under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2011. Commitments for non-cancelable operating lease payments at December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):

2006	$	1,471
2007		1,072
2008		846
2009		872
2010		758
2011		529
Thereafter		9,066
	$	14,614

Rent expense included in the consolidated statements of operations was $2.1 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million for years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The Company has entered into commitments for future syndicated news, entertainment, and sports programming. Future payments associated with these commitments at December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):

2006	$	31,211
2007		26,741
2008		19,025
2009		13,479
2010		9,563
2011		6,195
Thereafter		4,211
Total obligations		110,425
Less recorded contracts		37,718
Future contracts	$	72,707

F-78

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company has commitments aggregating up to $0.7 million to pay future minimum periodic fees related to local marketing agreements for KNVA-TV, WNAC-TV and WBPG-TV.

The Company is party to an asset purchase agreement under which it has agreed to acquire WBPG-TV for $3.0 million pending FCC regulatory approval. In addition, the Company has purchase option agreements to acquire WNAC-TV and KNVA-TV with a commitment to pay $0.9 million and an additional $1.2 million if the Company exercises these options.

Contingencies

GECC Note

In connection with the formation of the joint venture with NBC, GECC provided an $815.5 million 25-year non-amortizing senior secured note bearing an initial interest rate of 8.0% per annum until March 2, 2013 and 9% annum thereafter. The joint venture has historically produced cash flows to support the interest payments and to maintain minimum levels of required working capital reserves. In addition, the joint venture has made cash distributions to the Company and to NBC from the excess cash generated by the joint venture of approximately $32.6 million on average each year during the past three years. Accordingly, the Company expects that the interest payments on the GECC note will be serviced solely by the cash flow of the joint venture. The GECC note is not an obligation of the Company, but is recourse to the joint venture, the Company’s equity interests therein and to LIN TV Corp., pursuant to a guarantee. If the joint venture were unable to pay principal or interest on the GECC note and GECC could not otherwise get its money back from the joint venture, GECC could require LIN TV Corp. to pay the shortfall of any outstanding amounts under the GECC note. If this happened, the Company could experience material adverse consequences, including:

•  GECC could force LIN TV Corp. to sell the stock of LIN Television held by LIN TV Corp. to satisfy outstanding amounts under the GECC note;

•  if more than 50% of the ownership of LIN Television had to be sold to satisfy the GECC Note, it could cause an acceleration of the Company’s senior credit facility and other outstanding indebtedness; or

•  if the GECC note is prepaid because of an acceleration on default or otherwise, or if the note is repaid at maturity, the Company may incur a substantial tax liability.

The joint venture is approximately 80% owned by NBC, and NBC controls the operations of the stations through a management contract. Therefore, the operation and profitability of those stations and the likelihood of a default under the GECC note are primarily within NBC’s control.

Litigation. The Company currently and from time to time is involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of its business. In the opinion of the Company’s management, none of such litigation as of December 31, 2005 is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

F-79

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 13  — Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. Provision for (benefit from) income taxes included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations consisted of the following (in thousands):

	2005		2004			2003
Current:
Federal	$	318	$	441		$	—
State		469		560			823
Foreign		3,646		4,887			3,168
		4,433		5,888			3,991
Deferred:
Federal		7,008		(27,287	)		3,652
State		2,886		952			(295	)
Foreign		438		1,416			1,881
		10,332		(24,919	)		5,238
	$	14,765	$	(19,031	)	$	9,229

The components of the (loss) income before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

	2005			2004		2003
Domestic	$	(20,415	)	$	56,534	$	(92,611	)
Foreign		9,039			15,423		11,255
(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	(11,376	)	$	71,957	$	(81,356	)

The following table reconciles the amount that would be calculated by applying the 35% federal statutory rate to (loss) income before income taxes to the actual provision for (benefit from) income taxes (in thousands):

	2005			2004			2003
Provision (benefit) assuming federal statutory rate	$	(3,755	)	$	25,397		$	(28,475	)
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		(68	)		1,026			382
Foreign taxes, net of federal tax benefits		2,079			3,503			2,727
Change in valuation allowance		2,299			(50,130	)		33,787
Executive compensation		1,323			—			—
Impairment of Goodwill		11,698			—			—
Other		1,189			1,173			808
	$	14,765		$	(19,031	)	$	9,229

F-80

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The components of the net deferred tax liability are as follows at December 31 (in thousands):

	2005			2004
Deferred tax liabilities:
Equity investments	$	266,789		$	266,708
Intangible assets		257,105			235,403
Property and equipment		16,098			18,424
Minority interest		5,856			5,249
Other		12,500			9,012
		558,348			534,796
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards		(98,899	)		(86,991	)
Other		(29,451	)		(7,474	)
Valuation allowance		9,621			5,364
		(118,729	)		(89,101	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	439,619		$	445,695

The Company maintains a valuation allowance related to its deferred tax asset position when management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. The Company maintained a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2005 on its state net operating loss carryforwards of $7.7 million. Included in the Company’s valuation allowance is $1.6 million of deferred tax assets recorded in connection with the acquisition of Sunrise Television Corp. in 2002. Additionally, the Company recorded a state valuation allowance in the amount of $1.9 million related to the deferred tax assets acquired as part of the Viacom and Emmis Station acquisitions.

At December 31, 2005, the Company anticipates sufficient taxable income in years when temporary differences are expected to become tax deductions and believes that it will realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowance.

During 2004, based on all available evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that all of its deferred tax assets would be realized, except as noted above. As a result, the Company reduced its valuation allowance by $86.1 million. In addition to the $50.1 million recorded as a benefit against the 2004 provision for income taxes, $34.7 million of the reduction was recorded against Sunrise Television’s intangible assets and $1.3 million was recorded to additional paid in capital. These entries had no impact on the Company’s cash flow. This reversal was offset by an increased tax provision related to recording increased US source income from continuing operations of $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

The Company records deferred tax liabilities relating to the difference in the book basis and tax basis of goodwill and intangibles. Prior to January 1, 2002, the reversals of those deferred tax liabilities were utilized to support the recognition of deferred tax assets (primarily consisting of net operating loss carryforwards) recorded by the Company. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 142, those deferred tax liabilities will no longer reverse on a scheduled basis and can no longer be utilized to support the realization of deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $260.7 million that begins to expire in 2019. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, future substantial changes in the Company’s ownership could limit the amount of net

F-81

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

operating loss carryforwards that could be used annually to offset future taxable income and income tax liability.

Note 14 — Share Repurchase Program

On August 17, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $200.0 million of LIN TV’s class A common stock. Share repurchases under the program may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. During the year ended December 31, 2005 the Company repurchased 368,728 shares of LIN TV common stock for $4.8 million.

Note 15 — Unaudited Quarterly Data

	Quarter Ended
	March 31,			June 30,		September 30,		December 31,
	2005			2005		2005		2005
Net revenues	$	78,844		$	99,010	$	91,003	$	111,527
Operating income (loss)		8,517			23,992		18,501		(8,640	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(15,146	)		17,004		8,575		(21,809	)
Net (loss) income		(10,320	)		10,095		3,786		(29,702	)

	Quarter Ended
	March 31,		June 30,			September 30,		December 31,
	2004		2004			2004		2004
Net revenues	$	80,319	$	96,831		$	91,438	$	108,131
Operating income		15,116		28,578			22,879		34,434
Income from continuing operations		1,801		21,329			22,576		26,251
Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—		(1,284	)		—		—
Net income		1,363		14,617			14,816		62,242

F-82

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 16 — Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

			Year Ended December 31,
			2005			2004			2003
Cash paid for interest			$	40,289		$	39,885		$	52,722
Cash paid for income taxes				1,638			5,621			5,758
Non-cash investing activities:
On March 31, 2005, the Company acquired the broadcast license and the operating assets and liabilities of WNDY-TV and WWHO-TV for $85.0 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license and operating assets acquired		$	128,032
	Cash paid			(85,000	)
		Liabilities assumed	$	43,032
On November 29, 2005, the Company acquired the broadcast license and the operating assets and liabilities of KRQE-TV, WALA-TV, WLUK-TV, WTHI-TV and the local marketing agreement to operate WBPG-TV for $257.2 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license and operating assets acquired		$	272,473
	Cash paid			(257,174	)
		Liabilities assumed	$	15,299
On January 14, 2004, the Company acquired the broadcast license of WIRS-TV for $4.5 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license acquired					$	4,450
	Cash paid						(4,450	)
		Liabilities assumed				$	—
On May 6, 2004, the Company acquired the broadcast license of WTIN-TV for $4.9 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
	Fair value of broadcast license acquired					$	4,923
	Cash paid						(4,923	)
		Liabilities assumed				$	—

Note 17 — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

		Balance at		Charged to					Balance at
		Beginning of Period		Operations			Deductions		End of Period
Year ended December 31, 2005
	Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	1,450	$	(140	)	$	162	$	1,148
Year ended December 31, 2004
	Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	1,646	$	320		$	516	$	1,450
Year ended December 31, 2003
	Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,562	$	(198	)	$	718	$	1,646

Note 18 — Subsequent Events

UPN and WB Television Networks. On January 24, 2006, the UPN and WB networks announced they would cease operating as a network and would no longer provide programming after September 20, 2006.

F-83

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Seven of the Company’s stations are either UPN or WB network affiliates. These stations currently receive an average of two to three hours of daily programming from these networks and the revenue associated with these network-programmed time periods is less than 1.5% of the Company’s consolidated net revenues. We believe that we have three options for these stations: (1) affiliate with the newly created CW television network, (2) affiliate with the newly created My Network TV or (3) operate as an independent station, unaffiliated with any network. The Company also believes that the dissolution of the WB and UPN networks will not have a material impact on its net revenues or operating income.

F-84

Independent Auditors’ Report

The Members

Station Venture Holdings, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Station Venture Holdings, LLC (a limited liability company) (the Company) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related statements of operations, members’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Station Venture Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

San Diego, California

March 13, 2006

F-85

STATION VENTURE HOLDINGS, LLC

(A Limited Liability Company)

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2005 and 2004

(In thousands)

		2005			2004
ASSETS
Current assets — cash and cash equivalents		$	10,617			12,675
Limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations, LP (note 2)			232,075			233,957
	Total assets	$	242,692			246,632
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities — accrued interest payable (note 3)		$	724			724
Related-party note payable (note 3)			815,500			815,500
	Total liabilities		816,224			816,224
Members’ deficit			(573,532	)		(569,592	)
Commitments and contingencies (note 4)
	Total liabilities and members’ deficit	$	242,692			246,632

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-86

STATION VENTURE HOLDINGS, LLC

(A Limited Liability Company)

Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

(In thousands)

			2005			2004			2003
Revenue:
	Equity in income from limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations, LP		$	83,902			104,285			90,142
Other income (expense):
	Interest expense — related party			(66,146	)		(66,146	)		(66,146	)
	Interest income			303			42			25
		Total other expense, net		(65,843	)		(66,104	)		(66,121	)
		Net income	$	18,059			38,181			24,021

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-87

STATION VENTURE HOLDINGS, LLC

(A Limited Liability Company)

Statements of Members’ Deficit

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

(In thousands)

		Outlet			NBC						Total
		Broadcasting,			Telemundo			LIN Television			Members’
		Inc.			License Co.			of Texas, LP			Deficit
Balance at December 31, 2002		$	225,021			—			(780,815	)		(555,794	)
	Distributions		(29,459	)		—			(7,541	)		(37,000	)
	Net income		19,126			—			4,895			24,021
Balance at December 31, 2003			214,688			—			(783,461	)		(568,773	)
	Distributions		(6,370	)		—			(1,630	)		(8,000	)
	Net income		6,915			—			1,769			8,684
Balance at May 7, 2004			215,233			—			(783,322	)		(568,089	)
	Transfer of interest		(215,233	)		215,233			—			—
	Distributions		—			(24,682	)		(6,318	)		(31,000	)
	Net income		—			23,485			6,012			29,497
Balance at December 31, 2004			—			214,036			(783,628	)		(569,592	)
	Distributions					(17,516	)		(4,483	)		(21,999	)
	Net income					14,379			3,680			18,059
Balance at December 31, 2005		$	—			210,899			(784,431	)		(573,532	)

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-88

STATION VENTURE HOLDINGS, LLC

(A Limited Liability Company)

Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

(In thousands)

				2005			2004			2003
Cash flows from operating activities:
	Net income			$	18,059			38,181			24,021
	Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
		Equity in income from limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations, LP			(83,902	)		(104,285	)		(90,142	)
		Distributions from limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations, LP			85,784			107,830			88,778
		Increase in accrued interest payable			—			—			181
			Net cash provided by operating activities		19,941			41,726			22,838
Net cash flows from financing activities: Distributions					(21,999	)		(39,000	)		(37,000	)
			Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(2,058	)		2,726			(14,162	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year					12,675			9,949			24,111
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year				$	10,617			12,675			9,949
Supplemental cash flow information — cash paid for interest				$	66,146			66,146			65,965

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-89

STATION VENTURE HOLDINGS, LLC

(A Limited Liability Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands)

(1)     Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)     Description of Business

Station Venture Holdings LLC (the Company) is a Delaware limited liability company incorporated in 1998. At inception, the Company was initially owned 79.62% by Outlet Broadcasting, Inc. (Outlet), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of National Broadcasting Company, Inc. (now known as NBC Universal, Inc.), which was an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of General Electric Company (GE), and 20.38% owned by LIN Television of Texas, LP (LIN-Texas), a wholly owned subsidiary of LIN Television (LIN TV). On May 7, 2004, Outlet’s 79.62% interest in the Company was transferred to NBC Telemundo License Co. (NBCTL-Co.), an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of GE. At December 31, 2005, NBCTL-Co. and LIN-Texas hold an interest in the Company of 79.62% and 20.38%, respectively. Voting control of the Company is shared equally between NBCTL-Co. and LIN TV.

The Company maintains a non-controlling 99.75% limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations, LP (Station Venture Operations). Under the terms of the LLC agreement, the members of the Company have agreed to maintain certain cash levels to cover interest and principal payments. Furthermore, the Company is solely liable for any loan or related agreement, debt, obligation, or liability and no member is personally obligated, solely as result of being a member.

The Company shall exist until March 2, 2023, unless dissolved earlier.

Net earnings and losses from operations and distributions are allocated to the members in proportion to each member’s relative ownership interest. Gain or loss upon sale of the Company’s assets is to be allocated in a manner that will cause the members’ capital accounts to be in proportion to the members’ relative ownership percentages prior to distribution of the proceeds from the sale.

(b)     Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of time deposits with original maturities of less than three months.

The Company’s cash balances are exposed to a concentration of credit risk. The Company’s cash balances are placed with high-credit quality and federally insured institutions. Cash balances with any one institution may be in excess of federally insured limits or may be invested in a nonfederally insured money market account. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk.

(c)     Limited Partnership Interest in Station Venture Operations, LP

The Company’s limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations is a non-controlling investment and, accordingly, is accounted for by the equity method as NBCTL-Co. maintains all voting control in Station Venture Operations, subject to certain protective rights held by the Company. The Company regularly reviews its limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations for impairment based on both quantitative and qualitative criteria that include the extent to which the carrying value exceeds its related market value, the duration of the market decline, its intent and ability to hold to maturity or until forecasted recovery and the financial health and specific prospects of Station Venture Operations.

F-90

STATION VENTURE HOLDINGS, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(d)     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and accrued interest payable are considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The fair value of long-term debt cannot be reasonably determined due to the related party nature of the instrument.

(e)     Income Taxes

As a limited liability company, the Company is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes, and accordingly, its income or loss is taxable directly to its members.

(f)     Use of Estimates

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(2) Limited Partnership Interest in Station Venture Operations, LP

The Company maintains a 99.75% limited partnership interest in Station Venture Operations. Station Venture Operations consists of two television broadcasting stations serving the San Diego, California and Dallas-Ft. Worth, Texas areas. Initial capital contributions in the limited partnership totaled $254,222, of which $252,012 was contributed by the Company and $2,210 was contributed by NBCTL-Co.

Summarized balance sheet information for Station Venture Operations at December 31, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:

	2005		2004
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,448	$	4,387
Accounts receivable, net and other		37,994		38,385
Property and equipment, net		25,041		26,340
Goodwill, net		186,169		186,169
	$	254,652	$	255,281
Liabilities and Partners’ Capital
Accounts payable and other	$	7,518	$	6,577
Due to affiliates, net		12,902		12,584
Partners’ capital		234,232		236,120
	$	254,652	$	255,281

Summarized statement of operations information for Station Venture Operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 is as follows:

F-91

STATION VENTURE HOLDINGS, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

		2005			2004			2003
Net revenue and other income		$	160,817		$	180,235		$	159,634
Operating expenses			(76,705	)		(75,690	)		(69,266	)
	Net income	$	84,112		$	104,545		$	90,368
Company’s share of net income		$	83,902		$	104,285		$	90,142

(3) Related-Party Note Payable

Related-party note payable at December 31, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:

	2005		2004
Note payable, dated March 2, 1998, to General Electric Capital Corp. (GECC), a wholly owned subsidiary of GE, interest payable quarterly through March 2, 2023, bearing interest at 8% until March 2, 2013 and thereafter at 9%; maturing on March 2, 2023	$	815,500	$	815,500

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the related-party note payable of $815,500, due March 2023, represents long-term debt contributed by LIN-Texas upon formation of the Company. As of March 2, 2005, the seventh anniversary of the note origination date, the Company may, without penalty, prepay this note payable. The members of the Company have agreed to maintain certain cash levels to cover interest and principal payments. This note payable is guaranteed by LIN-Texas and contains standard representations, covenants, and events of default. Occurrence of any event of default allows GECC to increase the interest rate, accelerate payment of the loan and/or terminate future funding, in addition to the exercise of legal remedies, including foreclosing on collateral. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are pledged to GECC as collateral.

Interest expense totaled $66,146 for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, interest payable to GECC totaled $724.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is subject to routine litigation incidental to its business. Management believes, based in part on the advice of legal counsel, that the results of pending legal proceedings will not materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

F-92

Schedule I — Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant

LIN TV Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets

			December 31,
			2005			2004
			(In thousands, except
			share data)
Assets
	Investment in wholly-owned subsidiaries		$	838,426		$	855,963
		Total assets	$	838,426		$	855,963
Stockholders’ equity
	Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 28,562,583 and 26,946,183 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, issued and outstanding			286			269
	Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 23,502,059 shares and 23,508,119 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, issued and outstanding; convertible into an equal number of Class A or Class C common stock			235			235
	Class C common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 2 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004, issued and outstanding; convertible into an equal number of Class A common stock			—			—
	Additional paid-in capital			1,081,481			1,071,816
	Accumulated deficit			(227,908	)		(201,767	)
	Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(15,668	)		(14,590	)
		Total stockholders’ equity	$	838,426		$	855,963

F-93

LIN TV Corp.

Condensed Statements of Operations

	December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(In thousands, except share data)
Share of income (loss) in wholly-owned subsidiaries	$	(26,141	)	$	(90,390	)	$	(90,390	)
Net income (loss)	$	(26,141	)	$	(90,390	)	$	(90,390	)
Basic income (loss) per common share	$	(0.51	)	$	1.85		$	(1.81	)
Diluted income (loss) per common share	$	(0.51	)	$	1.64		$	(1.81	)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating basic income (loss) per common share		50,765			50,309			49,993
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating diluted income (loss) per common share		50,765			54,056			49,993

F-94

LIN TV Corp.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(In thousands)
Operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(26,141	)	$	93,038		$	(90,390	)
Share of income (loss) in wholly-owned subsidiaries		26,141			(93,038	)		90,390
Net cash used in operating activities		—			—			—
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—			—			—
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period		—			—			—
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	$	—		$	—		$	—

F-95 EX-4.7 2 d33600exv4w7.htm SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Exhibit 4.7

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of March 16, 2006 among LIN of Alabama, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; LIN of Colorado, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; LIN of New Mexico, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; LIN of Wisconsin, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and S&E Network, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation (each a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), each of which is a direct or indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of LIN Television Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company and The Bank of New York, trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 12, 2003, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of 2.50% Exchangeable Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2033 (the “Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.06 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

     1.      Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

     2.      Agreement to Guarantee. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to jointly and severally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of Article Six of the Indenture and to otherwise assume the obligations and rights as a Guarantor under the Indenture.

     3.      Releases. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a request by the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to compliance with Section 6.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.

     4.      No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

     5.      Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

     6.      Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

     7.      Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     8.      The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by each Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

[Remainder of page Intentionally Left Blank]

-2-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first written above.

S&E Network, Inc.
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

LIN of Alabama, LLC   By:  LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

LIN of Colorado, LLC   By:  LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

LIN of New Mexico, LLC   By:  LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

LIN of Wisconsin, LLC   By:  LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

LIN Television Corporation
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

The Bank of New York, as Trustee
By:	/s/ Van K. Brown
	Name:	Van K. Brown
	Title:	Vice President

EX-4.7

exv4w7

EX-4.8

EXHIBIT 4.8

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of March 16, 2006, among LIN of Alabama, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; LIN of Colorado, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; LIN of New Mexico, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; LIN of Wisconsin, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and S&E Network, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation (each a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), each of which is a direct or indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of LIN Television Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company and The Bank of New York, trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 12, 2003, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $200 million of 6 ¹/ 2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, Series A and 6 ¹/ 2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, Series B (the “Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.06 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

     1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

     2. Agreement to Guarantee. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to jointly and severally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of Article Eleven of the Indenture and to otherwise assume the obligations and rights as a Guarantor under the Indenture.

     3. Releases. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a request by the Company for a release of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary of its obligations under Article Eleven of the Indenture, which request shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to compliance with Section 11.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.

     4. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

     5. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

     6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

     7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     8. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by each Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

[Remainder of page Intentionally Left Blank]

-2-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first written above.

S&E Network, Inc.
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
LIN of Alabama, LLC
By:	LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
LIN of Colorado, LLC
By:	LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
LIN of New Mexico, LLC
By:	LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

-3-

LIN of Wisconsin, LLC
By:	LIN Television Corporation, its Managing Member
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
LIN Television Corporation
By:	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Name:	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Title:	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
The Bank of New York, as Trustee
By:	/s/ Van K. Brown
	Name:	Van K. Brown
	Title:	Vice President

-4-

EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

     SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT dated as of February 27, 1997, between LIN Television Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Denise M. Parent (the “Executive”).

     WHEREAS the Company intends to employ the Executive and has determined that the Executive’s services are important to the stability and continuity of the management of the Company;

     WHEREAS the Company has determined that it is in its best interest to reinforce and encourage the Executive’s continued disinterested attention and undistracted dedication to the Executive’s duties in the potentially disturbing circumstances of a possible change in control of the Company by providing some degree of personal financial security; and

     WHEREAS to induce the Executive to join the Company, the Company has determined that it is desirable to pay the Executive the severance compensation set forth below if the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates in one of the circumstances described below following a change in control of the Company;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, it is agreed upon between the Company and the Executive as follows:

1) Definitions. In addition to other words and terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following words and terms shall have the following meanings:

a) “Cause” shall mean:

i)

the willful and continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Board or an elected officer of the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the elected officer believes that Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties; or

ii)

(A) the conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony or (B) the willful engaging by Executive in gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

in each case above, after Executive is provided an opportunity to be heard upon 30 days written notice and a good faith determination of Cause by at least 3/4 of the Disinterested Directors.

b) “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events:

i)

any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Act) but excluding AT&T, the Company, any subsidiary thereof and any trustee or fiduciary on behalf of any Company Executive benefit plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) of securities of the Company having at least 25% of the voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (unless the event causing the 25% threshold to be crossed is an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) but only if at the time of such person becoming the beneficial owner of the requisite voting power, AT&T designees no longer hold a majority of the seats on the Board of Directors; or

ii)

the shareholders of the Company shall approve any merger or other business combination of the Company, any sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in one or a series of related transactions or any combination of the foregoing transactions (the “Transactions”), other than a Transaction immediately following which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the Transaction (including AT&T), any subsidiary thereof and any trustee or fiduciary on behalf of any Company Executive benefit plan own greater than 50% of the voting securities of the surviving company (or its parent) (and, in a sale of assets, of the purchaser of the assets) immediately following the Transaction; provided, however, that a Transaction which would otherwise not result in a Change in Control because of the resulting

ownership of more than 50% of the voting securities of the surviving company, its parent, or a purchaser of the assets will, nonetheless, be deemed to be a Change in Control but only in connection with a termination for Good Reason under Section l(d)(iv); or

iii)

within any 24 month period, the persons who were directors immediately before the beginning of such period (the “Disinterested Directors”) shall cease (for any reason other than death) to constitute at least a majority of the Board or the board of directors of a successor to the Company. For this purpose, any director who was not a director at the beginning of such period shall be deemed to be a Disinterested Director if such director was elected to the Board by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds of the directors who then qualified as Disinterested Directors (so long as such director was not nominated by a person who has entered into an agreement or threatened to effect a Change of Control).

c)	“Date of Termination” shall mean the date on which a Notice of Termination is given.
d)	“Good Reason” shall have the following definition:

i)	Executive’s annual salary or target bonus opportunity is reduced below the higher of (A) the amount of annual salary or target bonus opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or (B) the highest amount of annual salary or target bonus opportunity in effect at any time thereafter;
ii)	(A) any failure by the Company to continue in effect or provide plans or arrangements pursuant to which the Executive will be entitled to receive grants relating to the securities of the Company (or any parent company) (including, without limitation, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or other equity based awards) of the same type as the Executive was participating in immediately prior to the Change in Control (hereinafter referred to as “Securities Plans”) or providing substitutes for such Securities Plans which in the aggregate provide substantially similar economic benefits; or (B) the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely effect the Executive’s participation in, or benefits under, any such Securities Plan or its substitute if in the Aggregate the Executive is not provided substantially similar economic benefits; provided, however, that for these purposes, any determination of whether Good Reason exists under (A) or (B) of this subsection (ii) because the Executive is or is not provided substantially similar economic benefits in the aggregate will be made with due consideration given to such Executive’s base salary, other cash compensation and any other equity based incentive programs to which the Executive is also entitled to receive, and not solely on the basis of whether the Executive is or is not entitled or eligible to receive equity based incentive-compensation;
iii)	Executive’s duties and responsibilities or, in the aggregate, the program of retirement and welfare benefits offered to Executive are materially and adversely diminished in comparison to the duties and responsibilities or the program of benefits, in the aggregate, enjoyed by Executive on the Effective Date; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not be deemed to exist solely as a result of changes in Executive’s duties and responsibilities which are directly caused by the Company’s ceasing to be a publicly held company or its becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of another company;
iv)	in the event of a Transaction that is deemed to be a Change in Control solely as a result of Section l(b)(ii) of this Agreement, Executive is removed from the position she held with the Company prior to such Transaction (or fails to hold the comparable position in the parent company following such Transaction) or her duties or responsibilities are adversely diminished in a manner that would be Good Reason under Section l(d)(iii) above;
v)	Executive is required to be based at a location more than 50 miles from the location where Executive was based and performed services on the Effective Date, or if Executive is required to substantially increase her business travel obligations.
Executive must give notice in writing within 90 days after the Executive has knowledge of the event forming the basis of Good Reason, setting forth the particulars of such event and the reason

why she believes in good faith that Good Reason exists. The Company shall have 30 days within which to cure such event if it disagrees with the Executive.

2)	Severance Compensation Trigger. Executive will be entitled to severance compensation as set forth in section 3 (“Severance Compensation”) in the event Executive’s employment is terminated within two years after a Change in Control (i) by the Company without Cause, or (ii) by Executive within 90 days after Executive has knowledge of the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason.
	Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive will not be entitled to Severance Compensation in the event of a termination of employment on account of:

a)	Death or Disability (illness or injury preventing Executive from performing her duties, as they existed immediately prior to the illness or injury, on a full time basis for 180 consecutive business days);
b)	Retirement (voluntary late, normal or early retirement under a pension plan sponsored by the Company, as defined in such plan); or
c)	Qualified Sale of Business (the sale of a business unit in which Executive was employed before such sale and Executive has been offered employment with the purchaser of such business unit on substantially the same terms under which she worked for the Company, including severance protection).

3) Severance Compensation.

a) In the event of a Severance Compensation Trigger, the Executive shall be entitled to the Severance Compensation provided below:

i) In lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive not later than the tenth day following the Date of Termination a lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of

(x)	an amount equal to the Executive’s annual base salary in effect on the Date of Termination (the “Base Salary”),
(y)	an amount equal to:

(1)	the target bonus compensation set forth in Greg Schmidt’s offer letter of December 1996, and
(2)	the contribution, if any, paid by the Company for the benefit of the Executive to any 401(k) Plan in the last complete fiscal year,

(z) the present value, determined as of the Date of Termination, of the sum of :

(3)	all benefits which have accrued to the Executive but have not vested under the LIN Television Corporation Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) as of the Date of Termination, and
(4)	all additional benefits which would have accrued to the Executive under the Retirement Plan if the Executive had continued to be employed by the Company on the same terms the Executive was employed on the Date of Termination from the Date of Termination to the date 12 months after the Date of Termination.

For purposes of this Section, the present value of a future payment shall be calculated by reference to the actuarial assumptions (including assumptions with respect to interest rates) in use immediately prior to the Change in Control for purpose of calculating actuarial equivalents under the Retirement Plan.

ii) The Company shall arrange to provide the Executive for a period of 24 months following the Date of Termination or until the Executive’s earlier death, with life, health, disability and accident insurance benefits and the package of “executive benefits” substantially similar to those which the Executive was receiving immediately prior to the Notice of Termination, or immediately prior to a Change in Control, if greater provided however, that Executive shall be

	obliged to continue to pay that proportion of premiums paid by the Executive immediately prior to the Change in Control.
iii)	The Company shall accelerate the exercise date of all stock options granted to the Executive under the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1994 Stock Adjustment Plan (the “Options”) which are not exercisable on the Date of Termination, to the end that such Options shall be immediately exercisable.
iv)	Executive shall have the right within one year following the later of the Change in Control or the exercise of each Option to sell to the Company shares of Common Stock acquired at any time upon exercise of an Option at a price equal to the average market price of the Common Stock for the 30 day period ending on the date prior to the date of the Change in Control.
v)	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event that Executive’s last day of employments subsequent to December 31, 1997, the amounts set forth in 3(a)(i)(x) and (y) above shall be doubled, provided, however, that the bonus compensation amount shall be based on the actual bonus amount paid or accrued with respect to the last fiscal year rather than the target bonus amount.

b) If the Severance Compensation under this Section 3, either alone or together with other payments to the Executive from the Company, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code), such Severance Compensation shall be reduced to the largest amount that will result in no portion of the payments under this Section 3 being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or being disallowed as deductions to the Company under Section 280G of the Code.

4) No Obligation to Mitigate Damages; No Effect on Other Contractual Rights.

a)

The Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the termination of the Executive’s employment, or otherwise.

b)

The provisions of this Agreement, and any payment provided for hereunder, shall not reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish the Executive’s existing rights, or rights which would accrue solely as a result of the passage of time, under any Benefit Plan, Incentive Plan or Securities Plan, employment agreement or other contract, plan or arrangement of the Company.

5) Successors.

a)

The Company will require any successors or assigns (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all the business and or assets of the Company by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, expressly, absolutely and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place. Any failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall be a material breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or assign to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 5 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

b)

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, divisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts are still payable to the Executive hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

c) In the event of a liquidation of the Company, the payment provided for hereunder shall be made before any property or asset of the Company is distributed to any holder of common stock.

6) Employment. The Executive agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to remain in the employ of the Company during any period following any public announcement by any person of any proposed transaction or transactions which, if effected, would result in a Change in Control until a Change in Control has taken place or, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, such person has abandoned or terminated its efforts to effect a Change in Control. Subject to the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall impair or interfere in any way with the right of the Executive to terminate the Executive’s employment or the right of the Company to terminate the employment of the Executive with or without Cause prior to a Change in Control. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and the Executive or as a right of the Executive to continue in the employ of the Company or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge the Executive with or without Cause prior to a Change in Control.

7) Legal Fees. In the event that any legal action is required to enforce the Executive’s rights under this Agreement, the Executive, if the Executive is the prevailing party, shall be entitled to recover from the Company any expenses for attorneys’ fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by the Executive.

8) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

9) Confidentiality: Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, divulge, disclose or make accessible to any other person, partnership, corporation or other entity any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company, except (i) while employed by the Company, or (ii) when required by law to do so. For these purposes, “Confidential Information” shall mean non-public information concerning the financial data, strategic business plans, product development (or other proprietary product data), customer lists, marketing plans and any other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Company and its subsidiaries that is not otherwise available to the public or has not become publicly available through any breach of fiduciary duty.

10) Non-solicitation: For a period of one year following the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive shall not contact, communicate with or solicit in any fashion any employee, consultant, customer or advertiser who, at the time of such termination and at any time during the preceding twelve-month period was employed by, employed or otherwise had business dealings with, the Company for the purpose of causing such employee, consultant, customer or advertiser (i) to terminate such person’s relationship with the Company or (ii) to be employed by, to employ or otherwise to have business dealings with any business, whether or not incorporated, in any television markets served by the Company at the time of termination.

11) Release. As a condition to the receipt of any payments hereunder, the Executive shall deliver to the Company, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, a written release of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders from all claims of whatever nature, other than as arising under the terms hereof or under any benefit plans of the Company to which the Executive is otherwise entitled.

12) Notice. For purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notice may be given to either party at the present principal place of business of the Company or such other place as the party to receive such notice shall notify the other.

13) Modification or Waiver. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company. No waiver by a party hereto at any time of any breach by another party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions.

14) Entire Agreement. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by any of the parties which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

15) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION	EXECUTIVE,
By: /s/ PETER E. MALONEY	By: /s/ DENISE M. PARENT
Title: VP — Finance	Denise M. Parent

EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

AMENDMENT TO SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of this 1^st day of October 1999, and effective as of March 3, 1998 between LIN Television Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Denise M. Parent (the Executive”).

WHEREAS the Company and the Executive are parties to that certain Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS the Company believes it is in its best interest to reinforce and encourage Executive’s continued disinterested attention and undistracted dedication in the potentially disturbing circumstances of a change in control of the Company, by extending the term of the Agreement as provided for herein;

WHEREAS the parties desire to amend the Agreement upon the terms contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. The following terms used herein shall be defined as follows:

Affiliate: shall mean, as to any Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

Person or Persons: shall mean any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including an individual, a firm, a company, a corporation, a partnership, a trust, or other entity.

Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Continuing Directors: shall mean, any Person who (i) was a member of the Board of Directors of the Company on October 1, 1999, (ii) is thereafter nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors of the Company with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who are members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election, or (iii) is a Director and also a member of the Shareholder Group.

Shareholder Group: shall mean Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated, its Affiliates and their respective employees, officers, and directors.

1

2. The first sentence of Paragraph 2 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Executive will be entitled to severance compensation as set forth in section 3 (“Severance Compensation”) in the event Executive’s employment is terminated within the “Extension Period” (as defined below) (a) by the Company without Cause, or (b) by Executive within 90 days after Executive has knowledge of the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason. The Extension Period shall be defined as that certain period of time commencing on the date first above-written and terminating on the date that is two (2) years following a “Hicks Muse Change in Control” (as defined below).

A Hicks Muse Change in Control shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:

(i) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than one or more members of the Shareholder Group;

(ii) a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors; or

(iii) the acquisition by any Person or Persons (other than one or more members of the Shareholder Group) of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Company.”

3. The definition for “Change in Control” contained in Paragraph 1(b) of the Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the definition of the “Hicks Muse Change in Control” set forth above. All references to “Change in Control” in the Agreement shall mean and refer to a “Hicks Muse Change in Control”.

4. “1994 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1994 Stock Adjustment Plan” shall be deleted from Paragraph 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement and replaced with “Ranger Equity Holdings Corporation stock plans (1998 Stock Option Plan, the 1998 Substitute Stock Option Plan and the 1998 Phantom Stock Plan)”.

5. Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “If the Severance Compensation under this Section 3, either alone or together with other payments to the Executive from the Company, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code), such Severance Compensation shall be increased by a payment sufficient to restore the Executive to the same after-tax position the Executive would have been in if the excise tax had not been imposed.

2

6. Except as otherwise specifically amended hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect, without other amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION		EXECUTIVE
By:	/s/ Gary R. Chapman		/s/ Denise M. Parent
			Denise M. Parent
Title:	President and CEO

3

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

AMENDMENT TO SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of this 30^th day of August, 2000, between LIN Television Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Denise M. Parent (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS the Company and the Executive are parties to that certain Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997, as amended on October 1, 1999 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS the Company is completing the Recapitalization (as hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS the parties desire to amend the Agreement upon the terms contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2.	The definition of “Hicks Muse Change in Control” contained in paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
	“Hicks Muse Change in Control” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:

(i) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than one or more members of the Shareholder Group;

(ii) a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors; or

(iii) the acquisition by any Person or Persons (other then one or more members of the Shareholder Group) of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Company;

	provided, however, that the Recapitalization and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by that certain Letter Agreement dated as of January 18, 2000, as amended, by and among Carson/LIN SBS, L.P., Fojtasek Capital, Ltd., and Ranger Equity Partners, L.P., shall not constitute a “Hicks Muse Change in Control.”
3.	The following definition “Recapitalization” is hereby added to paragraph 1 of the Agreement:

1

“Recapitalization” shall mean the conversion on August 30, 2000 of all then outstanding shares of common stock of Ranger Equity Holdings Corporation (“Ranger”) into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock of Ranger, except for 500,000 shares of common stock then held by each of Carson/LIN SBS, L.P. and Fojtasek Capital, Ltd., which 1,000,000 shares were converted into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock of Ranger. The Recapitalization was effected by filing the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ranger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 30, 2000.

4.

Except as otherwise specifically amended hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect, without other amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION		EXECUTIVE
By:	/s/ Gary R. Chapman		/s/ Denise M. Parent
	Gary R. Chapman		Denise M. Parent
	Chairman, President & CEO

2

EX-10.22

Exhibit 10.22

THIRD AMENDMENT TO SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of the 1^st day of October 2002, and effective as of May 3, 2002 between LIN Television Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Denise M. Parent (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS the Company and the Executive are parties to that certain Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997, as amended on October 1, 1999 and August 30, 2000 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS the Company believes it is in its best interest to reinforce and encourage Executive’s continued disinterested attention and undistracted dedication in the potentially disturbing circumstances of a possible change in control of the Company; and

WHEREAS the parties desire to amend the Agreement upon the terms contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1.	Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
2.	The definitions of the Agreement contained in Section 1 of the Agreement are hereby amended by adding each of the following terms in alphabetical order to the other defined terms set forth in Section 1:
	“Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.
	“Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of LIN TV.
	“Continuing Directors” shall mean any Person who (i) was a member of the Board of Directors on May 3, 2002, (ii) is thereafter nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who are members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election or (iii) is a member of the Board of Directors and also a member of the Shareholder Group.”
	“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
	“LIN Holdings” shall mean LIN Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation.
	“LIN TV” shall mean LIN TV Corp., a Delaware corporation.

“Notice of Termination” shall mean notice to Executive that his or her employment is terminated.

“Person” or “Persons” shall mean any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including an individual, a firm, a company, a corporation, a partnership, a trust or other entity.

“Shareholder Group” shall mean Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated, its Affiliates and their respective employees, officers and directors.”

3.	The definition of “Hicks Muse Change in Control” contained in Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
	“Hicks Muse Change in Control” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:

(i) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of LIN TV or the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”), other than (A) one or more members of the Shareholder Group or (B) solely in respect of the Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LIN TV.

(ii) a majority of the Board of Directors shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors;

(iii) the acquisition by any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Act (other than one or more members of the Shareholder Group or, with respect to a transferee of shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of LIN TV, any Person approved by an affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors) of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of LIN TV; or

(iv) LIN TV shall cease, whether directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries, including LIN Holdings, to have the power to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Company.”

4. The definition of “Recapitalization” contained in Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

5. At the end of the first sentence of Section 2 of the Agreement, the following phrase is hereby inserted:

     “(“Severance Compensation Trigger”)”

- 2 -

6. Except as otherwise specifically amended hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect, without other amendment.

7. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above
written.

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION		EXECUTIVE
By:	/s/ Gary R. Chapman	By:	/s/ Denise M. Parent
Name:	Gary R. Chapman		Denise M. Parent
Title:	Chairman, President & CEO

- 3 -

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

          This Fourth Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement (this “Fourth Amendment”), dated as of the 1st day of July, 2005, is by and between LIN Television Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Denise M. Parent (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, the Company and Executive are parties to that certain Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997, as amended on October 1, 1999, August 30, 2000, and October 1, 2002 (the “Agreement”).

          WHEREAS, the Company believes it is in its best interest to reinforce and encourage Executive’s continued disinterested attention and undistracted dedication in the potentially disturbing circumstances of a possible change in control of the Company; and

          WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement upon the terms contained herein;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Executive each agree as follows:

          1. Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

          2. Amendment to Paragraph (iii) of Definition of Good Reason. Paragraph (iii) of the definition of the term “Good Reason” in Section 1(d) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new paragraph (iii) of the definition of “Good Reason” for purposes of the Agreement:

Executive’s duties, authority and responsibilities or, in the aggregate, the program of retirement and welfare benefits offered to Executive, are materially and adversely diminished, in comparison to the duties, authority, and responsibilities or the program of benefits, in the aggregate, enjoyed by Executive as of (A) the time immediately prior to a Hicks Muse Change in Control or (B) if prior to a Hicks Muse Change in Control, as of July 1, 2005, or Executive is demoted from the position that she held as of (Y) the time immediately prior to such Hicks Muse Change in Control or (Z) if prior to a Hicks Muse Change in Control, as of July 1, 2005; provided, however, that if, subsequent to a Hicks Muse Change in Control, the Executive maintains the same duties, authority and responsibility that she held prior to such Hicks Muse Change in Control, the requirement that the Executive report to officers or the board of parent companies shall not of itself constitute “Good Reason” unless such officers or board take actions that materially and adversely

1

interfere with the business decisions of Executive with respect to those business matters otherwise subject to her duties, authority and responsibilities.

          3. Amendment to Paragraph (iv) of Definition of Good Reason. Paragraph (iv) of the definition of the term “Good Reason” in Section 1(d) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and, in order to maintain the sequential numbering of the paragraphs in such definition, the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new paragraph (iv) of the definition of “Good Reason” for purposes of the Agreement: “[Reserved.]”

          4. Amendment to Section 2 of the Agreement. Section 2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 2 of the Agreement:

Severance Compensation Trigger. Executive shall be entitled to severance compensation as set forth in Section 3 hereof (“Severance Compensation”) in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated within the “Extension Period” (as defined below) (i) by the Company without Cause, or (ii) by Executive within 90 days after Executive has knowledge of the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason (clauses (i) or (ii), a “Severance Compensation Trigger”). The “Extension Period” shall be defined as that certain period commencing on the date of the Agreement and ending on the date that is three (3) years following a Hicks Muse Change in Control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 2, the following events shall not be deemed to be a termination “by the Company without Cause” that would Executive otherwise constitute a Severance Compensation Trigger:

(a) Termination of Executive’s employment by reason of Executive’s death or disability (including, without limitation, illness or injury preventing Executive from performing her duties, as they existed immediately prior to the illness or injury, of a full-time basis for 180 consecutive business days); or

(b) Termination of Executive’s employment by reason of Executive’s retirement (including, without limitation, Executive’s voluntary late, normal or early retirement under a pension plan sponsored by the Company, as defined in such plan).

          5. Amendment to Section 3(a)(i) of the Agreement. Section 3(a)(i) of the Agreement shall be shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 3(a)(i) of the Agreement:

i) In lieu of any further salary or bonus payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive not later than the

2

tenth day following the Date of Termination a lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of:

(x)	amount equal to three times (3x) the Executive’s annual base salary in effect on the Date of Termination (the “Base Salary”);
(y)	an amount equal to three times (3x):

(1) the amount of the highest bonus compensation paid to the Executive with respect to the last three complete fiscal years, and

(2) the contribution, if any, paid by the Company for the benefit of the Executive to any 401(k) Plan in the last complete fiscal year,

(z) the present value, determined as of the Date of Termination, of the sum of:

(1) all benefits which have accrued to the Executive but have not vested under the LIN Television Corporation Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) as of the Date of Termination, and

(2) all additional benefits which would have accrued to the Executive under the Retirement Plan if the employee had continued to be employed by the Company on the same terms the Executive was employed on as of the Date of Termination from such Date of Termination to the date 12 months after the Date of Termination.

For purposes of this Section, the present value of a future payment shall be calculated by reference to the actuarial assumptions (including assumptions with respect to interest rates) in use immediately prior to the Hicks Muse Change in Control for purposes of calculating actuarial equivalents under the Retirement Plan.

          6. Amendment to Section 3(a)(ii) of the Agreement. Section 3(a)(ii) of the Agreement shall be shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 3(a)(ii) of the Agreement:

The Company shall provide the Executive for a period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of the third anniversary of the Date of Termination or the Executive’s death (the “Benefits Period”), life,

3

health, disability and accident insurance benefits and the package of “Executive benefits” substantially similar, individually and in the aggregate, to those which the Executive was receiving immediately prior to the Notice of Termination, or immediately prior to a Hicks Muse Change in Control, if greater, including without limitation, transfer of title of a company automobile, medical, dental, vision, life and pension benefits, as if Executive were continuing as an employee of the Company during the Benefits Period, provided, however, that with respect to the provision of insurance benefits during the Benefits Period, Executive shall be obligated to continue to pay that proportion of premiums paid by the Executive immediately prior to such Notice of Termination or Hicks Muse Change in Control, as applicable. The Company shall apply the statutory health care continuation coverage (“COBRA”) provisions as if the Executive were a full-time employee of the Company during the Benefits Period, with the result that (y) the Executive’s spouse and dependents shall be eligible for continued health insurance coverage that is in all respects equivalent to COBRA coverage (“COBRA-Equivalent Coverage”) if an event occurs during the Benefits Period that would have been a “qualifying event” under COBRA had the Executive been an employee of the Company, and (z) the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and dependents shall be eligible for COBRA-Equivalent coverage at the expiration of the Benefits Period and for a period of three years thereafter as if the Executive’s employment with the Company had terminated on the last day of the Benefits Period.

          7. Amendment to Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement. Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement shall be shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement:

With respect to all stock options and stock awards granted to the Executive under the 1998 Stock Option Plan, the 1998 Substitute Stock Option Plan, the 1998 Phantom Stock Plan, and the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan of LIN TV (collectively, the “Options and Awards”) which are not otherwise exercisable or vested on the Date of Termination, such Options and Awards shall be deemed vested and exercisable immediately as of the Date of Termination.

          8. Amendment to Section 3(b) of the Agreement. Section 3(b) of the Agreement shall be shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 3(b) of the Agreement:

          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

          (i) If the Severance Compensation under this Section 3, either alone or together with other payments to the Executive from the Company (or any portion of such aggregate payment) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code), such Severance Compensation shall be increased by a payment sufficient to restore the

4

Executive to the same after-tax position the Executive would have been in if the excise tax had not been imposed.

          (ii) If Executive is a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, or any successor thereto or as such may be amended hereafter (“Section 409A”), to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, any portion of the Severance Compensation under this Section 3 that shall constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A shall not be due and payable to Executive until the date that is six (6) months after the Date of Termination.

          9. Joinder of LIN TV for Purposes of Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement. By executing this Fourth Amendment, LIN TV agrees to be, and shall be deemed to be, a party to, and be bound by, the Agreement for purposes of Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement (as amended by this Fourth Amendment).

          10. Amendment to Section 3(a)(v) of the Agreement. Section 3(a)(v) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and there shall be no longer be a Section 3(a)(v) of the Agreement.

          11. Reaffirmation of the Severance Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement is not amended, modified or affected by this Fourth Amendment, and the Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto thereunder are hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties in all respects.

          12. Counterparts. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.]

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the date first written above.

LIN Television Corporation			Executive
By:	/s/ Gary R. Chapman	By:	/s/ Denise M. Parent
	Gary R. Chapman		Denise M. Parent
	Chairman, President & CEO

5

For purposes of Section 9 of this Fourth Amendment (and Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement):
LIN TV Corp.
By:	/s/ Gary R. Chapman
	Gary R. Chapman
	Chairman, President & CEO

6

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

          This Severance Compensation Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated as of June 1, 2003 is by and between LIN Television Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and John S. Viall, Jr. (the “Employee”).

          WHEREAS the Company currently employs the Employee and has determined that the Employee’s services are important to the stability and continuity of the management of the Company;

          WHEREAS the Company has determined that it is in its best interest to reinforce and encourage the Employee’s continued disinterested attention and undistracted dedication to the Employee’s duties in the potentially disturbing circumstances of a possible change in control of the Company by providing some degree of personal financial security; and

          WHEREAS to induce the Employee to remain in the employ of the Company, the Company has determined that it is desirable to pay the Employee the severance compensation set forth below if the Employee’s employment with the Company terminates in one of the circumstances described below following a change in control of the Company.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, it is agreed upon between the Company and the Employee as follows

          1. Definitions. In addition to other words and terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following words and terms as used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

            “Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

            “Cause” shall mean:

                  (i) Unsatisfactory Performance by Employee; or

                  (ii) the conviction of Employee of, or the entry by Employee of a plea of nolo contendre to, a felony; or

                  (iii) the commission or engagement by Employee through misconduct or negligence of an act or course of conduct that causes injury to the Company or is otherwise detrimental to the Company; or

                  (iv) the death of Employee; or

1

                  (v) any illness, injury or disability preventing Employee from performing Employee’s duties, as they existed immediately prior to the illness or injury, on a full time basis for 120 consecutive business days; or

                  (vi) the sale of a business unit of the Company in which Employee was employed immediately prior to such sale and in connection with which Employee has been offered employment with the purchaser of such business unit on substantially the same terms under which the Employee was employed by the Company, including severance protection, immediately prior to the consummation of such sale.

            “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

                  (i) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of LIN TV or the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than (A) to one or more members of the Shareholder Group or (B) solely in respect of the Company, to any wholly-owned subsidiary of LIN TV;

                  (ii) a majority of the LIN TV Board of Directors shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors;

                  (iii) the acquisition by any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (other than one or more members of the Shareholder Group or, with respect to a transferee of shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of LIN TV, any Person approved by an affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the disinterested members of the LIN TV Board of Directors) of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of LIN TV; or

                  (iv) LIN TV shall cease, whether directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries, including LIN Holdings, to have the power to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Company.

            “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

            “Continuing Directors” shall mean any Person who (i) was a member of the LIN TV Board of Directors on the date of this Agreement, (ii) is thereafter nominated for election or elected to the LIN TV Board of Directors with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who are members of such LIN TV Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election, or (iii) is a member of the LIN TV Board of Directors and also a member of the Shareholder Group.

2

            “Date of Termination” shall mean the date on which a notice of termination is given.

            “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

            “Good Reason” shall mean:

                  (i) The occurrence of any of the following events:

                      (A) Employee’s annual salary is reduced to an amount that is less than the greater of (1) the amount of annual salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or (2) the highest amount of annual salary in effect at any time thereafter;

                      (B) Employee’s target bonus opportunity is reduced to an amount that is less than the greater of (1) the target bonus opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or (2) the target bonus opportunity in effect at any time thereafter;

                      (C) (1) any failure by the Company to continue in effect or provide plans or arrangements pursuant to which the Employee will be entitled to receive grants relating to the securities of the Company (or any parent company of the Company, including LIN TV) (including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or other equity based awards) of the same type as the Employee was participating in immediately prior to the Change in Control (hereinafter referred to, collectively and individually, as “Securities Plans”) or providing substitutes for such Securities Plans which in the aggregate provide substantially similar economic benefits; or (2) the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely effect the Employee’s participation in, or benefits under, any such Securities Plan or its substitute if in the aggregate the Employee is not provided substantially similar economic benefits; provided, however, that for these purposes, any determination of whether Good Reason exists under (1) or (2) of this paragraph (C) because the Employee is or is not provided substantially similar economic benefits in the aggregate will be made with due consideration given to such Employee’s base salary, other cash compensation and any other equity based incentive programs to which the Employee is also entitled to receive, and not solely on the basis of whether the Employee is or is not entitled or eligible to receive equity based incentive compensation;

                      (D) Employee’s duties and responsibilities or, in the aggregate, the program of retirement and welfare benefits offered to Employee are materially and adversely diminished in comparison to the duties and responsibilities or the program of benefits, in the aggregate, enjoyed by Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                      (E) Employee is demoted from the position Employee held with the Company immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control;

3

                      (F) Employee is required to be based at a location more than fifty (50) miles from the location where Employee was based and performed services immediately prior to the Change in Control, or if Employee is required to substantially increase his or her business travel obligations in connection with the performance of Employee’s duties to the Company;

and

                  (ii) Employee has delivered to the Company written notice of the occurrence of any event that shall, subject to this paragraph (ii), constitute “Good Reason” under paragraph (i) above within 90 days of the date Employee first has knowledge of such event, which written notice shall set forth the particulars of such event and the reason why Employee believes in good faith that such event satisfies paragraph (i) of the definition of “Good Reason;” and the Company shall have failed to cure such event within thirty (30) days of delivery of such written notice.

          “LIN Holdings” shall mean LIN Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation.

          “LIN TV” shall mean LIN TV Corp., a Delaware corporation.

          “LIN TV Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of LIN TV.

          “Person” or “Persons” shall mean any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including an individual, a firm, a company, a corporation, a partnership, a trust, or other entity.

          “Shareholder Group” shall mean Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated, its Affiliates and their respective employees, officers, and directors.

          “Unsatisfactory Performance” shall mean the failure of Employee to perform satisfactorily Employee’s duties with the Company as determined by the Company.

          2. Severance Compensation Trigger.

            (a) Subject to Section 2(b) hereof, a “Severance Compensation Trigger” shall occur in the event that during the period commencing on the date on which a Change in Control first occurs and ending on the date twenty four (24) months thereafter Employee’s employment is terminated as follows:

                  (i) by the Company without Cause; or

                  (ii) by Employee for Good Reason; or

                  (iii) by the Company with Cause solely for the reason of Unsatisfactory Performance and solely in the event that as of the Date of Termination

4

(A) Gary R. Chapman is no longer the CEO or President of the Company and (B) the Company shall have failed to do each of the following:

                      (1) delivered to Employee a written notice and demand for performance of Employee’s duties with the Company (“Special Notice”), which Special Notice is executed by an officer of the Company and specifically describes the manner in which Employee has not performed Employee’s duties;

                      (2) in the event that not less than ten (10) business days following the date of the foregoing Special Notice Employee shall have delivered to the Company a written request for an opportunity to be heard in respect of the matters set forth in such Special Notice, the Company shall have provided such opportunity to be heard within thirty (30) days of such written request.

              (b) Notwithstanding Section 2(a) above, a Severance Compensation Trigger shall not be deemed to have occurred (and Employee shall not be entitled to Severance Compensation (as hereinafter defined)) in the event that Employee’s employment is terminated on account of any voluntary termination of employment by the Employee other than for Good Reason, including Employee’s retirement from the Company, including the voluntary late, normal or early retirement under a pension plan sponsored by the Company or its Affiliates, as defined in such plan.

          3. Severance Compensation.

            (a) Subject to Section 3(b) below, in the event of a Severance Compensation Trigger, the Employee shall be entitled to be paid compensation by the Company pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below (“Severance Compensation”):

                  (i) In lieu of any further salary payments to the Employee for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Employee not later than the fourteenth day following the Date of Termination a lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of:

                      (A) two times the Employee’s annual base salary as in effect on the Date of Termination, and

                      (B) two times the total of all bonus compensation paid to the Employee with respect to the most recent complete fiscal year.

                  (ii) The Company shall arrange to provide the Employee for a period of twenty four (24) months following the Date of Termination (or until the Employee’s earlier death) with medical insurance benefits only that are substantially similar to those which the Employee was receiving immediately prior to the notice of termination, or immediately prior to a Change in Control (whichever is greater); provided, however, that Employee shall be obliged to continue to pay that proportion of premiums paid by the Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control.

5

            (b) If the Severance Compensation under this Section 3, either alone or together with other payments to the Employee from the Company (or any portion of such aggregate payment) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code), the Severance Compensation shall be reduced to the largest amount that will result in no portion of the payments under this Section 3 being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or being disallowed as deductions to the Company under Section 280G of the Code.

          4. No Obligation To Mitigate Damages; No Effect on Other Contractual Rights. Except as otherwise provided under Section 3(b) hereof:

            (a) The Employee shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer after the termination of the Employee’s employment, or otherwise.

            (b) The provisions of this Agreement, and any payment provided for hereunder, shall not reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish the Employee’s existing rights, or rights which would accrue solely as a result of the passage of time, under any benefit plan, incentive plan or securities plan, employment agreement or other contract, plan or arrangement of the Company.

          5. Successors.

            (a) The Company shall require any successors or assigns (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all the business and/or assets of the Company, to expressly, absolutely and unconditionally assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place. Any failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall be a material breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to terminate the Employee’s employment for Good Reason. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or assign to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 5 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

            (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while any amounts are still payable to the Employee hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Employee’s estate.

6

            (c) In the event of a liquidation of the Company, the payment provided for hereunder shall be made before any property or asset of the Company is distributed to any holder of capital stock of the Company.

          6. Employment. The Employee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to remain in the employ of the Company during any period following any public announcement by any person of any proposed transaction or transactions which, if effected, would or might reasonably result in a Change in Control until a Change in Control has taken place or, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, such person has abandoned or terminated its efforts to effect a Change in Control. Subject to the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall impair or interfere in any way with the right of the Employee to terminate the Employee’s employment or the right of the Company to terminate the employment of the Employee with or without Cause prior to a Change in Control. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and the Employee or as a right of the Employee to continue in the employ of the Company or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge the Employee with or without Cause prior to a Change in Control.

          7. Legal Fees. In the event that any legal action is required to enforce the Employee’s rights under this Agreement, the Employee, if the Employee is the prevailing party, shall be entitled to recover from the Company any expenses for attorneys’ fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by the Employee.

          8. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

          9. Confidentiality. Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, divulge, disclose or make accessible to any other person, partnership, corporation or other entity (i) the existence and/or terms of this Agreement, or (ii) any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company, except (a) while carrying out Employee’s duties during Employee’s employment by the Company, or (b) when required by law to do so. For these purposes, “Confidential Information” shall mean non-public information concerning the financial data, strategic business plans, product development (or other proprietary product data), customer lists, marketing plans and any other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Company and its subsidiaries that is not otherwise available to the public or has not become publicly available through any breach of fiduciary duty.

          10. Nonsolicitation. For a period of one year following the Employee’s termination of employment, the Employee shall not contact, communicate with or solicit in any fashion any employee, consultant, customer or advertiser who, at the time of such termination and at any time during the preceding twelve-month period was employed by, employed or otherwise had business dealings with, the Company for the purpose of causing such employee, consultant, customer or advertiser (a) to terminate such person’s relationship with the Company or (b) to be employed by, to employ or otherwise to have

7

business dealings with any business, whether or not incorporated, in any television markets served by the Company at the time of termination.

          11. Release. As a condition to the receipt of any payments hereunder, the Employee shall deliver to the Company, in form and substance acceptable to the Company, a written release of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders from all claims of whatever nature, other than as arising under the terms hereof or under any benefit plans of the Company to which the Employee is otherwise entitled.

          12. Notice. For purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notice may be given to either party at the present principal place of business of the Company or such other place as the party to receive such notice shall notify the other.

          13. Modification or Waiver. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Employee and the Company. No waiver by a party hereto at any time of any breach by another party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions.

          14. Entire Agreement. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by any of the parties which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

          15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

8

          In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

LIN TELEVISION CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Denise M. Parent
	Name:	Denise M. Parent
	Title:	VP, Deputy General Counsel
EMPLOYEE
/s/ John S. Viall, Jr.
Name: John S. Viall, Jr.

9

EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

          This First Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement (this “First Amendment”), dated as of the 1st day of July, 2005, is by and between LIN Television Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and John S. Viall, Jr. (the “Employee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, the Company and Employee are parties to that certain Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2003 (the “Agreement”).

          WHEREAS, the Company believes it is in its best interest to reinforce and encourage Employee’s continued disinterested attention and undistracted dedication in the potentially disturbing circumstances of a possible change in control of the Company; and

          WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement upon the terms contained herein;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Employee each agree as follows:

          1. Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Severance Agreement.

          2. Amendment to Paragraph (i)(D)) of Definition of Good Reason. Paragraph (D) of paragraph (i) of the definition of the term “Good Reason” in Section 1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new paragraph (D) of paragraph (i) of the definition of “Good Reason” for purposes of the Agreement:

Employee’s duties, authority and responsibilities or, in the aggregate, the program of retirement and welfare benefits offered to Employee, are materially and adversely diminished, in comparison to the duties, authority, and responsibilities or the program of benefits, in the aggregate, enjoyed by Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control, or Employee is demoted from the position that he held immediately prior to such Change in Control; provided, however, that if, subsequent to a Change in Control, the Employee maintains the same duties, authority and responsibility that he held prior to such Change in Control, the requirement that the Employee report to officers or the board of parent companies shall not of itself constitute “Good Reason” unless such officers or board take actions that materially and adversely interfere with the business decisions of Employee with respect to those business matters otherwise subject to his duties, authority and responsibilities.

1

          3. Amendment to Paragraph (i)(E) of Definition of Good Reason. Paragraph (E) of paragraph (i) of the definition of the term “Good Reason” in Section 1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and, in order to maintain the sequential numbering of the paragraphs in such definition, the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new paragraph (E) of paragraph (i) of the definition of “Good Reason” for purposes of the Agreement: “[Reserved.]”

          4. Amendment to Section 2(a) of the Agreement. Section 2(a) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirely and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 2(a) of the Agreement:

Subject to Section 2(b) hereof, a “Severance Compensation Trigger” shall occur in the event that during the period commencing on the date on which a Change in Control first occurs and ending on the date thirty-six (36) months thereafter Employee’s employment is terminated as follows:

               (i) by the Company without Cause; or

               (ii) by Employee for Good Reason; or

               (iii) by the Company with Cause solely for the reason of Unsatisfactory Performance and solely in the event that as of the Date of Termination (A) Gary R. Chapman is no longer the CEO or president of the Company and (B) the Company shall have failed to do each of the following:

                    (1) delivered to Employee a written notice and demand for performance of Employee’s duties with the Company (“Special Notice”), which Special Notice is executed by an officer of the Company and specifically describes the manner in which Employee has not performed Employee’s duties;

                    (2) in the event that not less than ten (10) business days following the date of the foregoing Special Notice Employee shall have delivered to the Company a written request for an opportunity to be heard in respect of the matters set forth in such Special Notice, the Company shall have provided such opportunity to be heard within thirty (30) days of such written request.

          5. Amendment to Section 3(a)(i) of the Agreement. Section 3(a)(i) of the Agreement shall be shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 3(a)(i) of the Agreement:

(i) In lieu of any further salary or bonus payments to the Employee for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Employee not later than the

2

tenth day following the Date of Termination a lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of:

(A)	amount equal to three times (3x) the Employee’s annual base salary in effect on the Date of Termination (the “Base Salary”); and
(B)	an amount equal to three times (3x):
	(1) the amount of the highest bonus compensation paid to the Employee with respect to the last three complete fiscal years, and
	(2) the contribution, if any, paid by the Company for the benefit of the Employee to any 401(k) Plan in the last complete fiscal year.

          6. Amendment to Section 3(a)(ii) of the Agreement. Section 3(a)(ii) of the Agreement shall be shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 3(a)(ii) of the Agreement:

The Company shall provide the Employee for a period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of the third anniversary of the Date of Termination or the Employee’s death (the “Benefits Period”), life, health, disability and accident insurance benefits and the package of “Employee benefits” substantially similar, individually and in the aggregate, to those which the Employee was receiving immediately prior to the Notice of Termination, or immediately prior to a Change in Control, if greater, including without limitation, transfer of title of a company automobile, medical, dental, vision, life and pension benefits, as if Employee were continuing as an employee of the Company during the Benefits Period, provided, however, that with respect to the provision of insurance benefits during the Benefits Period, Employee shall be obligated to continue to pay that proportion of premiums paid by the Employee immediately prior to such Notice of Termination or Change in Control, as applicable. The Company shall apply the statutory health care continuation coverage (“COBRA”) provisions as if the Employee were a full-time employee of the Company during the Benefits Period, with the result that (y) the Employee’s spouse and dependents shall be eligible for continued health insurance coverage that is in all respects equivalent to COBRA coverage (“COBRA-Equivalent Coverage”) if an event occurs during the Benefits Period that would have been a “qualifying event” under COBRA had the Employee been an employee of the Company, and (z) the Employee and the Employee’s spouse and dependents shall be eligible for COBRA-Equivalent coverage at the expiration of the Benefits Period and for a period of three years thereafter as if the Employee’s employment with the Company had terminated on the last day of the Benefits Period.

3

          7. Amendment to add Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement. Immediately following Section 3(a)(ii) of the Agreement, there shall be added the following, which shall constitute Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement:

With respect to all stock options and stock awards granted to the Employee under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan of LIN TV (collectively, the “Options and Awards”) which are not otherwise exercisable or vested on the Date of Termination, such Options and Awards shall be deemed vested and exercisable immediately as of the Date of Termination.

          8. Amendment to Section 3(b) of the Agreement. Section 3(b) of the Agreement shall be shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof and shall constitute the new Section 3(b) of the Agreement:

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

          (i) If the Severance Compensation under this Section 3, either alone or together with other payments to the Employee from the Company (or any portion of such aggregate payment) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code), the Severance Compensation shall be reduced to the largest amount that will result in no portion of the payments under this Section 3 being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or being disallowed as deductions to the Company under Section 280G of the Code.

          (ii) If Employee is a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, or any successor thereto or as such may be amended hereafter (“Section 409A”), to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, any portion of the Severance Compensation under this Section 3 that shall constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A shall not be due and payable to Employee until the date that is six (6) months after the Date of Termination.

          9. Joinder of LIN TV for Purposes of Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement. By executing this First Amendment, LIN TV agrees to be, and shall be deemed to be, a party to, and be bound by, the Agreement for purposes of Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement (as amended by this First Amendment).

          10. Reaffirmation of the Severance Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement is not amended, modified or affected by this First Amendment, and the Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto thereunder are hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties in all respects.

          11. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

4

[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.]

5

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the date first written above.

LIN Television Corporation		Employee
By:	/s/ Denise M. Parent	By:	/s/ John S. Viall, Jr.
	Denise M. Parent		John S. Viall, Jr.
	Vice President-Deputy General
	Counsel
For purposes of Section 9 of this First Amendment (and Section 3(a)(iii) of the Agreement, as amended hereby):

LIN TV Corp.
By:	/s/ Denise M. Parent
	Denise M. Parent
	Vice President-Deputy General Counsel

6

EX-10.37

Exhibit 10.37

LIN TV Corp.

Summary of Executive Compensation

      As of March 15, 2006, the 2006 base salaries of each of the executive officers of LIN TV Corp. were as follows:

Name of Executive	Title of Executive	Base Salary
Gary R. Chapman	Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer		800,000
Vincent L. Sadusky	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer		398,000
Gregory M. Schmidt	Vice President of New Development, General Counsel and Secretary		400,000
Denise M. Parent	Vice President, Deputy General Counsel		230,000
John S. Viall, Jr.	Vice President, Engineering and Operations		230,000

      Mr. Chapman’s target bonus opportunity is established in accordance with his employment agreement incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines the bonuses to be paid to the other executives listed below based on targets established by the Compensation Committee and subjective assessment by the Compensation Committee of the extent to which the executive officer contributed to the overall performance of the Company or a particular department of the Company.

      As of March 15, 2006, the 2006 target bonus of each of the executive officers of LIN TV Corp. were as follows:

Name of Executive	Title of Executive	Cash Bonus Base Salary
Gary R. Chapman	Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer		800,000
Vincent L. Sadusky	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer		154,000
Gregory M. Schmidt	Vice President of New Development, General Counsel and Secretary		166,000
Denise M. Parent	Vice President, Deputy General Counsel		121,000
John S. Viall, Jr.	Vice President, Engineering and Operations		121,000

EX-10.38

Exhibit 10.38

LIN TV Corp.

Summary of Director Compensation

      As of March 15, 2006, our non-employee directors receive the following compensation:

Annual Cash Retainers(1)
Non-employee directors	$	30,000
Compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee chairman	$	7,500
Audit committee chairman	$	10,000
Per Meeting Fees
Board meeting attended in person	$	1,500
Board meeting attended via telephone	$	1,000
Option Grants
Initial option grant		10,000 shares
Annual option grant(2)		1,333 shares
Annual restricted stock grant(2)		888 shares
2005 Additional cash payment(2)	$	26,195

(1) Directors may elect to receive half of their annual retainer in class A common stock.

(2) It was the intention of the Board of Directors in 2005 to amend the annual equity grants to non-employee directors to provide for grants of options to purchase 3,000 shares of class A common stock and 2,000 shares of restricted stock commencing as of the approval of such arrangements at the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders. Although the description of the Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan in the proxy statement for the 2005 annual meeting of shareholders accurately described the intended grants, due to a drafting error, the form of Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan submitted to stockholders for approval at the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders instead provided, pursuant to a formula contained in such form of plan, that that 2005 annual grant to non-employee directors would consist of options to purchase 1,333 shares of class A common stock and 888 shares of restricted stock.

      As a result, the Board approved in addition to the annual retainer and option and restricted stock awards granted pursuant to the director compensation policies then in effect, an additional cash payment for service as a director in 2005 equal to $26,195 (the “Additional Cash Payment”). The Board also adopted a resolution recommending that each non-employee director use the proceeds of the Additional Cash Payment after the payment of applicable taxes to make an acquisition, subject to compliance with all applicable securities laws, of additional shares of class A common stock and to retain any shares of class A common stock so purchased until the date on which such shares of class A common stock would have vested had such shares of class A common stock been granted as a restricted stock award pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan. EX-21 13 d33600exv21.htm SUBSIDIARIES

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

	Jurisdiction of
Subsidiary	Incorporation
Airwaves, Inc.	Delaware
Indiana Broadcasting LLC	Delaware
KXAN, Inc.	Delaware
KXTX Holdings, Inc.	Delaware
LIN Airtime, LLC	Delaware
LIN of Alabama, LLC	Delaware
LIN of Colorado, LLC	Delaware
LIN of New Mexico, LLC	Delaware
LIN of Wisconsin, LLC	Delaware
LIN Sports, Inc.	Delaware
LIN Television Corporation	Delaware
LIN Television of San Juan, Inc.	Delaware
LIN Television of Texas, Inc.	Delaware
LIN Television of Texas, L.P.	Delaware
LIN TV Corp.	Delaware
Linbenco, Inc.	Delaware
North Texas Broadcasting Corporation	Delaware
Primeland Television, Inc.	Delaware
Providence Broadcasting, LLC	Delaware
S&E Network, Inc.	Puerto Rico
Televicentro of Puerto Rico, LLC	Delaware
TVL Broadcasting of Rhode Island, LLC	Delaware
TVL Broadcasting, Inc.	Delaware
WAPA America, Inc.	Delaware
WAVY Broadcasting, LLC	Delaware
WDTN Broadcasting, LLC	Delaware
WIVB Broadcasting, LLC	Delaware
WNJX-TV, Inc.	Delaware
WOOD License Co., LLC	Delaware
WOOD Television, Inc.	Delaware
WTNH Broadcasting, Inc.	Delaware
WUPW Broadcasting, LLC	Delaware
WWHO Broadcasting, LLC	Delaware
WWLP Broadcasting, LLC	Delaware

EX-21

exv21

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-107754) and Form S-8 (No. 333-87920, No. 333-126607 and No. 333-126608) of LIN TV Corp. and LIN Television Corporation of our report dated March 16, 2006 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of LIN TV Corp., which appears in this Form 10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 16, 2006

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-107754) and Form S-8 (No. 333-87920, No. 333-126607, and No. 333-126608) of LIN TV Corp. and LIN Television Corporation of our report dated March 16, 2006 relating to the financial statements, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of LIN Television Corporation, which appears in this Form 10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 16, 2006

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

Independent Auditors’ Consent

The Members
Station Venture Holdings, LLC:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-107754) on Form S-3 and (No. 333-87920, No. 333-126607, and No. 333-126608) on Form S-8 LIN Television Corporation and LIN TV Corp. of our report dated March 13, 2006, with respect to the balance sheets of Station Venture Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related statement of operations, members’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, which report appears in the December 31, 2005 annual report on Form 10-K of LIN Television Corporation and LIN TV Corp.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Diego, California
March 14, 2005

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Gary R. Chapman, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of LIN TV Corp.;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ Gary R. Chapman
Dated: March 16, 2006	Gary R. Chapman
	Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Vincent L. Sadusky, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of LIN TV Corp.;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
Dated: March 16, 2006	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-31.3

Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Gary R. Chapman, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of LIN Television Corporation;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ Gary R. Chapman
Dated: March 16, 2006	Gary R. Chapman
	Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.4

Exhibit 31.4

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Vincent L. Sadusky, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of LIN Television Corporation;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
Dated: March 16, 2006	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

          In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of LIN TV Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Gary R. Chapman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Vincent L. Sadusky, Chief Financial Officer of the Company each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

          (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

          (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 16, 2006	/s/ Gary R. Chapman
	Gary R. Chapman
	Chief Executive Officer
Dated: March 16, 2006	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

          In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of LIN Television Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Gary R. Chapman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Vincent L. Sadusky, Chief Financial Officer of the Company each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

          (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

          (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 16, 2006	/s/ Gary R. Chapman
	Gary R. Chapman
	Chief Executive Officer
Dated: March 16, 2006	/s/ Vincent L. Sadusky
	Vincent L. Sadusky
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer